1 /* Everything about breakpoints, for GDB.
3 Copyright (C) 1986-2022 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GDB.
7 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with this program. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
21 #include "arch-utils.h"
26 #include "breakpoint.h"
27 #include "tracepoint.h"
29 #include "expression.h"
36 #include "gdbthread.h"
39 #include "gdb-demangle.h"
40 #include "filenames.h"
46 #include "completer.h"
48 #include "cli/cli-script.h"
52 #include "observable.h"
58 #include "parser-defs.h"
59 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_regex.h"
61 #include "cli/cli-utils.h"
64 #include "dummy-frame.h"
66 #include "gdbsupport/format.h"
67 #include "thread-fsm.h"
68 #include "tid-parse.h"
69 #include "cli/cli-style.h"
70 #include "cli/cli-decode.h"
72 /* readline include files */
73 #include "readline/tilde.h"
75 /* readline defines this. */
78 #include "mi/mi-common.h"
79 #include "extension.h"
81 #include "progspace-and-thread.h"
82 #include "gdbsupport/array-view.h"
83 #include "gdbsupport/gdb_optional.h"
85 /* Prototypes for local functions. */
87 static void map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *,
88 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)>);
90 static void breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*);
93 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
94 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
95 enum bptype type_wanted
);
97 static void create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*,
98 struct linespec_result
*,
99 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
100 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char>,
102 enum bpdisp
, int, int,
104 const struct breakpoint_ops
*,
105 int, int, int, unsigned);
107 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decode_location_default
108 (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
109 struct program_space
*search_pspace
);
111 static int can_use_hardware_watchpoint
112 (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
);
114 static void mention (struct breakpoint
*);
116 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*,
118 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
119 static struct bp_location
*add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*,
120 const struct symtab_and_line
*);
122 /* This function is used in gdbtk sources and thus can not be made
124 static struct breakpoint
*set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
125 struct symtab_and_line
,
127 const struct breakpoint_ops
*);
129 static struct breakpoint
*
130 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
132 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
135 static void breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR
, CORE_ADDR
, int, int);
137 static CORE_ADDR
adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
141 static void describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*,
142 struct program_space
*, CORE_ADDR
,
143 struct obj_section
*, int);
145 static int watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
146 struct bp_location
*loc2
);
148 static int breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
149 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
150 bool sw_hw_bps_match
= false);
152 static int breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
153 const struct address_space
*aspace
,
156 static int breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*,
157 const address_space
*,
160 static int remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*);
161 static int remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*, enum remove_bp_reason
);
163 static enum print_stop_action
print_bp_stop_message (bpstat
*bs
);
165 static int hw_breakpoint_used_count (void);
167 static int hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*);
169 static int hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
171 int *other_type_used
);
173 static void enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*, enum bpdisp
,
176 static void decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**loc
);
178 static struct bp_location
*allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
);
180 /* update_global_location_list's modes of operation wrt to whether to
181 insert locations now. */
182 enum ugll_insert_mode
184 /* Don't insert any breakpoint locations into the inferior, only
185 remove already-inserted locations that no longer should be
186 inserted. Functions that delete a breakpoint or breakpoints
187 should specify this mode, so that deleting a breakpoint doesn't
188 have the side effect of inserting the locations of other
189 breakpoints that are marked not-inserted, but should_be_inserted
190 returns true on them.
192 This behavior is useful is situations close to tear-down -- e.g.,
193 after an exec, while the target still has execution, but
194 breakpoint shadows of the previous executable image should *NOT*
195 be restored to the new image; or before detaching, where the
196 target still has execution and wants to delete breakpoints from
197 GDB's lists, and all breakpoints had already been removed from
201 /* May insert breakpoints iff breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now
202 claims breakpoints should be inserted now. */
205 /* Insert locations now, irrespective of
206 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now. E.g., say all threads are
207 stopped right now, and the user did "continue". We need to
208 insert breakpoints _before_ resuming the target, but
209 UGLL_MAY_INSERT wouldn't insert them, because
210 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now returns false at that point,
211 as no thread is running yet. */
215 static void update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
217 static void update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode
);
219 static void insert_breakpoint_locations (void);
221 static void trace_pass_command (const char *, int);
223 static void set_tracepoint_count (int num
);
225 static bool is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
);
227 /* Return 1 if B refers to a static tracepoint set by marker ("-m"), zero
230 static int strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
);
232 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherited by all breakpoint_ops
233 that are implemented on top of software or hardware breakpoints
234 (user breakpoints, internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
235 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
237 /* Internal breakpoints class type. */
238 static struct breakpoint_ops internal_breakpoint_ops
;
240 /* Momentary breakpoints class type. */
241 static struct breakpoint_ops momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
243 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular user created
245 struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
247 /* Breakpoints set on probes. */
248 static struct breakpoint_ops bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
250 /* Tracepoints set on probes. */
251 static struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
253 /* Dynamic printf class type. */
254 struct breakpoint_ops dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
256 /* The style in which to perform a dynamic printf. This is a user
257 option because different output options have different tradeoffs;
258 if GDB does the printing, there is better error handling if there
259 is a problem with any of the arguments, but using an inferior
260 function lets you have special-purpose printers and sending of
261 output to the same place as compiled-in print functions. */
263 static const char dprintf_style_gdb
[] = "gdb";
264 static const char dprintf_style_call
[] = "call";
265 static const char dprintf_style_agent
[] = "agent";
266 static const char *const dprintf_style_enums
[] = {
272 static const char *dprintf_style
= dprintf_style_gdb
;
274 /* The function to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
275 call into the inferior. The value is simply a string that is
276 copied into the command, so it can be anything that GDB can
277 evaluate to a callable address, not necessarily a function name. */
279 static std::string dprintf_function
= "printf";
281 /* The channel to use for dynamic printf if the preferred style is to
282 call into the inferior; if a nonempty string, it will be passed to
283 the call as the first argument, with the format string as the
284 second. As with the dprintf function, this can be anything that
285 GDB knows how to evaluate, so in addition to common choices like
286 "stderr", this could be an app-specific expression like
287 "mystreams[curlogger]". */
289 static std::string dprintf_channel
;
291 /* True if dprintf commands should continue to operate even if GDB
293 static bool disconnected_dprintf
= true;
295 struct command_line
*
296 breakpoint_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
)
298 return b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
301 /* Flag indicating that a command has proceeded the inferior past the
302 current breakpoint. */
304 static bool breakpoint_proceeded
;
307 bpdisp_text (enum bpdisp disp
)
309 /* NOTE: the following values are a part of MI protocol and
310 represent values of 'disp' field returned when inferior stops at
312 static const char * const bpdisps
[] = {"del", "dstp", "dis", "keep"};
314 return bpdisps
[(int) disp
];
317 /* Prototypes for exported functions. */
318 /* If FALSE, gdb will not use hardware support for watchpoints, even
319 if such is available. */
320 static int can_use_hw_watchpoints
;
323 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
324 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
327 fprintf_filtered (file
,
328 _("Debugger's willingness to use "
329 "watchpoint hardware is %s.\n"),
333 /* If AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE, gdb will not attempt to create pending breakpoints.
334 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_TRUE, gdb will automatically create pending breakpoints
335 for unrecognized breakpoint locations.
336 If AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO, gdb will query when breakpoints are unrecognized. */
337 static enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
;
339 show_pending_break_support (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
340 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
343 fprintf_filtered (file
,
344 _("Debugger's behavior regarding "
345 "pending breakpoints is %s.\n"),
349 /* If true, gdb will automatically use hardware breakpoints for breakpoints
350 set with "break" but falling in read-only memory.
351 If false, gdb will warn about such breakpoints, but won't automatically
352 use hardware breakpoints. */
353 static bool automatic_hardware_breakpoints
;
355 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
356 struct cmd_list_element
*c
,
359 fprintf_filtered (file
,
360 _("Automatic usage of hardware breakpoints is %s.\n"),
364 /* If on, GDB keeps breakpoints inserted even if the inferior is
365 stopped, and immediately inserts any new breakpoints as soon as
366 they're created. If off (default), GDB keeps breakpoints off of
367 the target as long as possible. That is, it delays inserting
368 breakpoints until the next resume, and removes them again when the
369 target fully stops. This is a bit safer in case GDB crashes while
370 processing user input. */
371 static bool always_inserted_mode
= false;
374 show_always_inserted_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
375 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
377 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Always inserted breakpoint mode is %s.\n"),
381 /* See breakpoint.h. */
384 breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now (void)
386 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
388 /* If breakpoints are global, they should be inserted even if no
389 thread under gdb's control is running, or even if there are
390 no threads under GDB's control yet. */
395 if (always_inserted_mode
)
397 /* The user wants breakpoints inserted even if all threads
402 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
403 if (inf
->has_execution ()
404 && threads_are_executing (inf
->process_target ()))
407 /* Don't remove breakpoints yet if, even though all threads are
408 stopped, we still have events to process. */
409 for (thread_info
*tp
: all_non_exited_threads ())
410 if (tp
->resumed () && tp
->has_pending_waitstatus ())
416 static const char condition_evaluation_both
[] = "host or target";
418 /* Modes for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
419 static const char condition_evaluation_auto
[] = "auto";
420 static const char condition_evaluation_host
[] = "host";
421 static const char condition_evaluation_target
[] = "target";
422 static const char *const condition_evaluation_enums
[] = {
423 condition_evaluation_auto
,
424 condition_evaluation_host
,
425 condition_evaluation_target
,
429 /* Global that holds the current mode for breakpoint condition evaluation. */
430 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
432 /* Global that we use to display information to the user (gets its value from
433 condition_evaluation_mode_1. */
434 static const char *condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_auto
;
436 /* Translate a condition evaluation mode MODE into either "host"
437 or "target". This is used mostly to translate from "auto" to the
438 real setting that is being used. It returns the translated
442 translate_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *mode
)
444 if (mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
446 if (target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
447 return condition_evaluation_target
;
449 return condition_evaluation_host
;
455 /* Discovers what condition_evaluation_auto translates to. */
458 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode (void)
460 return translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
463 /* Return true if GDB should evaluate breakpoint conditions or false
467 gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p (void)
469 const char *mode
= breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ();
471 return (mode
== condition_evaluation_host
);
474 /* Are we executing breakpoint commands? */
475 static int executing_breakpoint_commands
;
477 /* Are overlay event breakpoints enabled? */
478 static int overlay_events_enabled
;
480 /* See description in breakpoint.h. */
481 bool target_exact_watchpoints
= false;
483 /* Walk the following statement or block through all breakpoints.
484 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE does so even if the statement deletes the
485 current breakpoint. */
487 #define ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE(B,TMP) \
488 for (B = breakpoint_chain; \
489 B ? (TMP=B->next, 1): 0; \
492 /* Chains of all breakpoints defined. */
494 static struct breakpoint
*breakpoint_chain
;
496 /* See breakpoint.h. */
501 return breakpoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
504 /* See breakpoint.h. */
506 breakpoint_safe_range
507 all_breakpoints_safe ()
509 return breakpoint_safe_range (all_breakpoints ());
512 /* See breakpoint.h. */
517 return tracepoint_range (breakpoint_chain
);
520 /* Array is sorted by bp_location_is_less_than - primarily by the ADDRESS. */
522 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> bp_locations
;
524 /* See breakpoint.h. */
526 const std::vector
<bp_location
*> &
532 /* Range to iterate over breakpoint locations at a given address. */
534 struct bp_locations_at_addr_range
536 using iterator
= std::vector
<bp_location
*>::iterator
;
538 bp_locations_at_addr_range (CORE_ADDR addr
)
542 bool operator() (const bp_location
*loc
, CORE_ADDR addr_
) const
543 { return loc
->address
< addr_
; }
545 bool operator() (CORE_ADDR addr_
, const bp_location
*loc
) const
546 { return addr_
< loc
->address
; }
549 auto it_pair
= std::equal_range (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
552 m_begin
= it_pair
.first
;
553 m_end
= it_pair
.second
;
556 iterator
begin () const
559 iterator
end () const
567 /* Return a range to iterate over all breakpoint locations exactly at address
570 If it's needed to iterate multiple times on the same range, it's possible
571 to save the range in a local variable and use it multiple times:
573 auto range = all_bp_locations_at_addr (addr);
575 for (bp_location *loc : range)
578 for (bp_location *loc : range)
581 This saves a bit of time, as it avoids re-doing the binary searches to find
582 the range's boundaries. Just remember not to change the bp_locations vector
583 in the mean time, as it could make the range's iterators stale. */
585 static bp_locations_at_addr_range
586 all_bp_locations_at_addr (CORE_ADDR addr
)
588 return bp_locations_at_addr_range (addr
);
591 /* Maximum alignment offset between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS and
592 ADDRESS for the current elements of BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid
593 result from bp_location_has_shadow. You can use it for roughly
594 limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to scan for shadow bytes for
595 an address you need to read. */
597 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
;
599 /* Maximum offset plus alignment between bp_target_info.PLACED_ADDRESS
600 + bp_target_info.SHADOW_LEN and ADDRESS for the current elements of
601 BP_LOCATIONS which get a valid result from bp_location_has_shadow.
602 You can use it for roughly limiting the subrange of BP_LOCATIONS to
603 scan for shadow bytes for an address you need to read. */
605 static CORE_ADDR bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
;
607 /* The locations that no longer correspond to any breakpoint, unlinked
608 from the bp_locations array, but for which a hit may still be
609 reported by a target. */
610 static std::vector
<bp_location
*> moribund_locations
;
612 /* Number of last breakpoint made. */
614 static int breakpoint_count
;
616 /* The value of `breakpoint_count' before the last command that
617 created breakpoints. If the last (break-like) command created more
618 than one breakpoint, then the difference between BREAKPOINT_COUNT
619 and PREV_BREAKPOINT_COUNT is more than one. */
620 static int prev_breakpoint_count
;
622 /* Number of last tracepoint made. */
624 static int tracepoint_count
;
626 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_set_cmdlist
;
627 static struct cmd_list_element
*breakpoint_show_cmdlist
;
628 struct cmd_list_element
*save_cmdlist
;
630 /* Return whether a breakpoint is an active enabled breakpoint. */
632 breakpoint_enabled (struct breakpoint
*b
)
634 return (b
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
);
637 /* Set breakpoint count to NUM. */
640 set_breakpoint_count (int num
)
642 prev_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
643 breakpoint_count
= num
;
644 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("bpnum"), num
);
647 /* Used by `start_rbreak_breakpoints' below, to record the current
648 breakpoint count before "rbreak" creates any breakpoint. */
649 static int rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
651 /* Called at the start an "rbreak" command to record the first
654 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
656 rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
= breakpoint_count
;
659 /* Called at the end of an "rbreak" command to record the last
662 scoped_rbreak_breakpoints::~scoped_rbreak_breakpoints ()
664 prev_breakpoint_count
= rbreak_start_breakpoint_count
;
667 /* Used in run_command to zero the hit count when a new run starts. */
670 clear_breakpoint_hit_counts (void)
672 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
677 /* Return the breakpoint with the specified number, or NULL
678 if the number does not refer to an existing breakpoint. */
681 get_breakpoint (int num
)
683 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
684 if (b
->number
== num
)
692 /* Mark locations as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
693 evaluating conditions on its side. */
696 mark_breakpoint_modified (struct breakpoint
*b
)
698 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
699 evaluating conditions and if the user has
700 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
702 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
703 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
706 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
709 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
710 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
713 /* Mark location as "conditions have changed" in case the target supports
714 evaluating conditions on its side. */
717 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (struct bp_location
*loc
)
719 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
720 evaluating conditions and if the user has
721 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
723 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
724 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
728 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
))
731 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_modified
;
734 /* Sets the condition-evaluation mode using the static global
735 condition_evaluation_mode. */
738 set_condition_evaluation_mode (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
739 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
741 const char *old_mode
, *new_mode
;
743 if ((condition_evaluation_mode_1
== condition_evaluation_target
)
744 && !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
746 condition_evaluation_mode_1
= condition_evaluation_mode
;
747 warning (_("Target does not support breakpoint condition evaluation.\n"
748 "Using host evaluation mode instead."));
752 new_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode_1
);
753 old_mode
= translate_condition_evaluation_mode (condition_evaluation_mode
);
755 /* Flip the switch. Flip it even if OLD_MODE == NEW_MODE as one of the
756 settings was "auto". */
757 condition_evaluation_mode
= condition_evaluation_mode_1
;
759 /* Only update the mode if the user picked a different one. */
760 if (new_mode
!= old_mode
)
762 /* If the user switched to a different evaluation mode, we
763 need to synch the changes with the target as follows:
765 "host" -> "target": Send all (valid) conditions to the target.
766 "target" -> "host": Remove all the conditions from the target.
769 if (new_mode
== condition_evaluation_target
)
771 /* Mark everything modified and synch conditions with the
773 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
774 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
778 /* Manually mark non-duplicate locations to synch conditions
779 with the target. We do this to remove all the conditions the
780 target knows about. */
781 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
782 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->inserted
)
783 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
787 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
793 /* Shows the current mode of breakpoint condition evaluation. Explicitly shows
794 what "auto" is translating to. */
797 show_condition_evaluation_mode (struct ui_file
*file
, int from_tty
,
798 struct cmd_list_element
*c
, const char *value
)
800 if (condition_evaluation_mode
== condition_evaluation_auto
)
801 fprintf_filtered (file
,
802 _("Breakpoint condition evaluation "
803 "mode is %s (currently %s).\n"),
805 breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ());
807 fprintf_filtered (file
, _("Breakpoint condition evaluation mode is %s.\n"),
811 /* Parse COND_STRING in the context of LOC and set as the condition
812 expression of LOC. BP_NUM is the number of LOC's owner, LOC_NUM is
813 the number of LOC within its owner. In case of parsing error, mark
814 LOC as DISABLED_BY_COND. In case of success, unset DISABLED_BY_COND. */
817 set_breakpoint_location_condition (const char *cond_string
, bp_location
*loc
,
818 int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
820 bool has_junk
= false;
823 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&cond_string
, loc
->address
,
824 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
825 if (*cond_string
!= 0)
829 loc
->cond
= std::move (new_exp
);
830 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
831 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
832 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
835 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
838 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
842 /* Warn if a user-enabled location is now becoming disabled-by-cond.
843 BP_NUM is 0 if the breakpoint is being defined for the first
844 time using the "break ... if ..." command, and non-zero if
847 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d.%d, "
848 "disabling:\n %s"), bp_num
, loc_num
, e
.what ());
850 warning (_("failed to validate condition at location %d, "
851 "disabling:\n %s"), loc_num
, e
.what ());
854 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
858 error (_("Garbage '%s' follows condition"), cond_string
);
862 set_breakpoint_condition (struct breakpoint
*b
, const char *exp
,
863 int from_tty
, bool force
)
867 b
->cond_string
.reset ();
869 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
870 static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
)->cond_exp
.reset ();
874 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
877 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& loc
->enabled
)
878 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is now valid at "
879 "location %d, enabling.\n"),
881 loc
->disabled_by_cond
= false;
884 /* No need to free the condition agent expression
885 bytecode (if we have one). We will handle this
886 when we go through update_global_location_list. */
891 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint %d now unconditional.\n"), b
->number
);
895 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
897 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
898 const char *arg
= exp
;
899 expression_up new_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
901 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
902 watchpoint
*w
= static_cast<watchpoint
*> (b
);
903 w
->cond_exp
= std::move (new_exp
);
904 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
908 /* Parse and set condition expressions. We make two passes.
909 In the first, we parse the condition string to see if it
910 is valid in at least one location. If so, the condition
911 would be accepted. So we go ahead and set the locations'
912 conditions. In case no valid case is found, we throw
913 the error and the condition string will be rejected.
914 This two-pass approach is taken to avoid setting the
915 state of locations in case of a reject. */
916 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
920 const char *arg
= exp
;
921 parse_exp_1 (&arg
, loc
->address
,
922 block_for_pc (loc
->address
), 0);
924 error (_("Junk at end of expression"));
927 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
929 /* Condition string is invalid. If this happens to
930 be the last loc, abandon (if not forced) or continue
932 if (loc
->next
== nullptr && !force
)
937 /* If we reach here, the condition is valid at some locations. */
939 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
941 set_breakpoint_location_condition (exp
, loc
, b
->number
, loc_num
);
946 /* We know that the new condition parsed successfully. The
947 condition string of the breakpoint can be safely updated. */
948 b
->cond_string
= make_unique_xstrdup (exp
);
949 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
951 mark_breakpoint_modified (b
);
953 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
956 /* See breakpoint.h. */
959 set_breakpoint_condition (int bpnum
, const char *exp
, int from_tty
,
962 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
963 if (b
->number
== bpnum
)
965 /* Check if this breakpoint has a "stop" method implemented in an
966 extension language. This method and conditions entered into GDB
967 from the CLI are mutually exclusive. */
968 const struct extension_language_defn
*extlang
969 = get_breakpoint_cond_ext_lang (b
, EXT_LANG_NONE
);
973 error (_("Only one stop condition allowed. There is currently"
974 " a %s stop condition defined for this breakpoint."),
975 ext_lang_capitalized_name (extlang
));
977 set_breakpoint_condition (b
, exp
, from_tty
, force
);
979 if (is_breakpoint (b
))
980 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
985 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bpnum
);
988 /* The options for the "condition" command. */
990 struct condition_command_opts
993 bool force_condition
= false;
996 static const gdb::option::option_def condition_command_option_defs
[] = {
998 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<condition_command_opts
> {
1000 [] (condition_command_opts
*opts
) { return &opts
->force_condition
; },
1001 N_("Set the condition even if it is invalid for all current locations."),
1006 /* Create an option_def_group for the "condition" options, with
1007 CC_OPTS as context. */
1009 static inline gdb::option::option_def_group
1010 make_condition_command_options_def_group (condition_command_opts
*cc_opts
)
1012 return {{condition_command_option_defs
}, cc_opts
};
1015 /* Completion for the "condition" command. */
1018 condition_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*cmd
,
1019 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
1020 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
1022 bool has_no_arguments
= (*text
== '\0');
1023 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1024 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1025 if (gdb::option::complete_options
1026 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
))
1029 text
= skip_spaces (text
);
1030 const char *space
= skip_to_space (text
);
1037 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (1);
1038 /* We don't support completion of history indices. */
1039 if (!isdigit (text
[1]))
1040 complete_internalvar (tracker
, &text
[1]);
1044 /* Suggest the "-force" flag if no arguments are given. If
1045 arguments were passed, they either already include the flag,
1046 or we are beyond the point of suggesting it because it's
1047 positionally the first argument. */
1048 if (has_no_arguments
)
1049 gdb::option::complete_on_all_options (tracker
, group
);
1051 /* We're completing the breakpoint number. */
1052 len
= strlen (text
);
1054 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1058 xsnprintf (number
, sizeof (number
), "%d", b
->number
);
1060 if (strncmp (number
, text
, len
) == 0)
1061 tracker
.add_completion (make_unique_xstrdup (number
));
1067 /* We're completing the expression part. Skip the breakpoint num. */
1068 const char *exp_start
= skip_spaces (space
);
1069 tracker
.advance_custom_word_point_by (exp_start
- text
);
1071 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
1072 expression_completer (cmd
, tracker
, text
, word
);
1075 /* condition N EXP -- set break condition of breakpoint N to EXP. */
1078 condition_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1084 error_no_arg (_("breakpoint number"));
1088 /* Check if the "-force" flag was passed. */
1089 condition_command_opts cc_opts
;
1090 const auto group
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (&cc_opts
);
1091 gdb::option::process_options
1092 (&p
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_ERROR
, group
);
1094 bnum
= get_number (&p
);
1096 error (_("Bad breakpoint argument: '%s'"), arg
);
1098 set_breakpoint_condition (bnum
, p
, from_tty
, cc_opts
.force_condition
);
1101 /* Check that COMMAND do not contain commands that are suitable
1102 only for tracepoints and not suitable for ordinary breakpoints.
1103 Throw if any such commands is found. */
1106 check_no_tracepoint_commands (struct command_line
*commands
)
1108 struct command_line
*c
;
1110 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1112 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1113 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command can "
1114 "only be used for tracepoints"));
1116 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_0
.get ());
1117 check_no_tracepoint_commands (c
->body_list_1
.get ());
1119 /* Not that command parsing removes leading whitespace and comment
1120 lines and also empty lines. So, we only need to check for
1121 command directly. */
1122 if (strstr (c
->line
, "collect ") == c
->line
)
1123 error (_("The 'collect' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1125 if (strstr (c
->line
, "teval ") == c
->line
)
1126 error (_("The 'teval' command can only be used for tracepoints"));
1130 struct longjmp_breakpoint
: public breakpoint
1132 ~longjmp_breakpoint () override
;
1135 /* Encapsulate tests for different types of tracepoints. */
1138 is_tracepoint_type (bptype type
)
1140 return (type
== bp_tracepoint
1141 || type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
1142 || type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
1146 is_longjmp_type (bptype type
)
1148 return type
== bp_longjmp
|| type
== bp_exception
;
1151 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1154 is_tracepoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
1156 return is_tracepoint_type (b
->type
);
1159 /* Factory function to create an appropriate instance of breakpoint given
1162 static std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
>
1163 new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype type
)
1167 if (is_tracepoint_type (type
))
1168 b
= new tracepoint ();
1169 else if (is_longjmp_type (type
))
1170 b
= new longjmp_breakpoint ();
1172 b
= new breakpoint ();
1174 return std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> (b
);
1177 /* A helper function that validates that COMMANDS are valid for a
1178 breakpoint. This function will throw an exception if a problem is
1182 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1183 struct command_line
*commands
)
1185 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1187 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
1188 struct command_line
*c
;
1189 struct command_line
*while_stepping
= 0;
1191 /* Reset the while-stepping step count. The previous commands
1192 might have included a while-stepping action, while the new
1196 /* We need to verify that each top-level element of commands is
1197 valid for tracepoints, that there's at most one
1198 while-stepping element, and that the while-stepping's body
1199 has valid tracing commands excluding nested while-stepping.
1200 We also need to validate the tracepoint action line in the
1201 context of the tracepoint --- validate_actionline actually
1202 has side effects, like setting the tracepoint's
1203 while-stepping STEP_COUNT, in addition to checking if the
1204 collect/teval actions parse and make sense in the
1205 tracepoint's context. */
1206 for (c
= commands
; c
; c
= c
->next
)
1208 if (c
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1210 if (b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
1211 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1212 "cannot be used for fast tracepoint"));
1213 else if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1214 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1215 "cannot be used for static tracepoint"));
1218 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command "
1219 "can be used only once"));
1224 validate_actionline (c
->line
, b
);
1228 struct command_line
*c2
;
1230 gdb_assert (while_stepping
->body_list_1
== nullptr);
1231 c2
= while_stepping
->body_list_0
.get ();
1232 for (; c2
; c2
= c2
->next
)
1234 if (c2
->control_type
== while_stepping_control
)
1235 error (_("The 'while-stepping' command cannot be nested"));
1241 check_no_tracepoint_commands (commands
);
1245 /* Return a vector of all the static tracepoints set at ADDR. The
1246 caller is responsible for releasing the vector. */
1248 std::vector
<breakpoint
*>
1249 static_tracepoints_here (CORE_ADDR addr
)
1251 std::vector
<breakpoint
*> found
;
1253 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
1254 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
1256 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
1257 if (loc
->address
== addr
)
1258 found
.push_back (b
);
1264 /* Set the command list of B to COMMANDS. If breakpoint is tracepoint,
1265 validate that only allowed commands are included. */
1268 breakpoint_set_commands (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1269 counted_command_line
&&commands
)
1271 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, commands
.get ());
1273 b
->commands
= std::move (commands
);
1274 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1277 /* Set the internal `silent' flag on the breakpoint. Note that this
1278 is not the same as the "silent" that may appear in the breakpoint's
1282 breakpoint_set_silent (struct breakpoint
*b
, int silent
)
1284 int old_silent
= b
->silent
;
1287 if (old_silent
!= silent
)
1288 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1291 /* Set the thread for this breakpoint. If THREAD is -1, make the
1292 breakpoint work for any thread. */
1295 breakpoint_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, int thread
)
1297 int old_thread
= b
->thread
;
1300 if (old_thread
!= thread
)
1301 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1304 /* Set the task for this breakpoint. If TASK is 0, make the
1305 breakpoint work for any task. */
1308 breakpoint_set_task (struct breakpoint
*b
, int task
)
1310 int old_task
= b
->task
;
1313 if (old_task
!= task
)
1314 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1318 commands_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
1319 struct command_line
*control
)
1321 counted_command_line cmd
;
1322 /* cmd_read will be true once we have read cmd. Note that cmd might still be
1323 NULL after the call to read_command_lines if the user provides an empty
1324 list of command by just typing "end". */
1325 bool cmd_read
= false;
1327 std::string new_arg
;
1329 if (arg
== NULL
|| !*arg
)
1331 /* Argument not explicitly given. Synthesize it. */
1332 if (breakpoint_count
- prev_breakpoint_count
> 1)
1333 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d-%d", prev_breakpoint_count
+ 1,
1335 else if (breakpoint_count
> 0)
1336 new_arg
= string_printf ("%d", breakpoint_count
);
1340 /* Create a copy of ARG. This is needed because the "commands"
1341 command may be coming from a script. In that case, the read
1342 line buffer is going to be overwritten in the lambda of
1343 'map_breakpoint_numbers' below when reading the next line
1344 before we are are done parsing the breakpoint numbers. */
1347 arg
= new_arg
.c_str ();
1349 map_breakpoint_numbers
1350 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
1354 gdb_assert (cmd
== NULL
);
1355 if (control
!= NULL
)
1356 cmd
= control
->body_list_0
;
1360 = string_printf (_("Type commands for breakpoint(s) "
1361 "%s, one per line."),
1364 auto do_validate
= [=] (const char *line
)
1366 validate_actionline (line
, b
);
1368 gdb::function_view
<void (const char *)> validator
;
1369 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
1370 validator
= do_validate
;
1372 cmd
= read_command_lines (str
.c_str (), from_tty
, 1, validator
);
1377 /* If a breakpoint was on the list more than once, we don't need to
1379 if (b
->commands
!= cmd
)
1381 validate_commands_for_breakpoint (b
, cmd
.get ());
1383 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
1389 commands_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
1391 commands_command_1 (arg
, from_tty
, NULL
);
1394 /* Like commands_command, but instead of reading the commands from
1395 input stream, takes them from an already parsed command structure.
1397 This is used by cli-script.c to DTRT with breakpoint commands
1398 that are part of if and while bodies. */
1399 enum command_control_type
1400 commands_from_control_command (const char *arg
, struct command_line
*cmd
)
1402 commands_command_1 (arg
, 0, cmd
);
1403 return simple_control
;
1406 /* Return non-zero if BL->TARGET_INFO contains valid information. */
1409 bp_location_has_shadow (struct bp_location
*bl
)
1411 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
1415 if (bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
== 0)
1416 /* BL isn't valid, or doesn't shadow memory. */
1421 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address
1422 MEMADDR, by replacing a memory breakpoint with its shadowed
1425 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with the of
1426 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffer. Otherwise, a
1427 failed assertion internal error will be raised. */
1430 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1431 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1432 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
,
1433 struct bp_target_info
*target_info
,
1434 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
1436 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1437 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
= 0;
1441 if (!breakpoint_address_match (target_info
->placed_address_space
, 0,
1442 current_program_space
->aspace
, 0))
1444 /* The breakpoint is inserted in a different address space. */
1448 /* Addresses and length of the part of the breakpoint that
1450 bp_addr
= target_info
->placed_address
;
1451 bp_size
= target_info
->shadow_len
;
1453 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
<= memaddr
)
1455 /* The breakpoint is entirely before the chunk of memory we are
1460 if (bp_addr
>= memaddr
+ len
)
1462 /* The breakpoint is entirely after the chunk of memory we are
1467 /* Offset within shadow_contents. */
1468 if (bp_addr
< memaddr
)
1470 /* Only copy the second part of the breakpoint. */
1471 bp_size
-= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1472 bptoffset
= memaddr
- bp_addr
;
1476 if (bp_addr
+ bp_size
> memaddr
+ len
)
1478 /* Only copy the first part of the breakpoint. */
1479 bp_size
-= (bp_addr
+ bp_size
) - (memaddr
+ len
);
1482 if (readbuf
!= NULL
)
1484 /* Verify that the readbuf buffer does not overlap with the
1485 shadow_contents buffer. */
1486 gdb_assert (target_info
->shadow_contents
>= readbuf
+ len
1487 || readbuf
>= (target_info
->shadow_contents
1488 + target_info
->shadow_len
));
1490 /* Update the read buffer with this inserted breakpoint's
1492 memcpy (readbuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
,
1493 target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1497 const unsigned char *bp
;
1498 CORE_ADDR addr
= target_info
->reqstd_address
;
1501 /* Update the shadow with what we want to write to memory. */
1502 memcpy (target_info
->shadow_contents
+ bptoffset
,
1503 writebuf_org
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp_size
);
1505 /* Determine appropriate breakpoint contents and size for this
1507 bp
= gdbarch_breakpoint_from_pc (gdbarch
, &addr
, &placed_size
);
1509 /* Update the final write buffer with this inserted
1510 breakpoint's INSN. */
1511 memcpy (writebuf
+ bp_addr
- memaddr
, bp
+ bptoffset
, bp_size
);
1515 /* Update BUF, which is LEN bytes read from the target address MEMADDR,
1516 by replacing any memory breakpoints with their shadowed contents.
1518 If READBUF is not NULL, this buffer must not overlap with any of
1519 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents buffers. Otherwise,
1520 a failed assertion internal error will be raised.
1522 The range of shadowed area by each bp_location is:
1523 bl->address - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1524 up to bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1525 The range we were requested to resolve shadows for is:
1526 memaddr ... memaddr + len
1527 Thus the safe cutoff boundaries for performance optimization are
1528 memaddr + len <= (bl->address
1529 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max)
1531 bl->address + bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max <= memaddr */
1534 breakpoint_xfer_memory (gdb_byte
*readbuf
, gdb_byte
*writebuf
,
1535 const gdb_byte
*writebuf_org
,
1536 ULONGEST memaddr
, LONGEST len
)
1538 /* Left boundary, right boundary and median element of our binary
1540 unsigned bc_l
, bc_r
, bc
;
1542 /* Find BC_L which is a leftmost element which may affect BUF
1543 content. It is safe to report lower value but a failure to
1544 report higher one. */
1547 bc_r
= bp_locations
.size ();
1548 while (bc_l
+ 1 < bc_r
)
1550 struct bp_location
*bl
;
1552 bc
= (bc_l
+ bc_r
) / 2;
1553 bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1555 /* Check first BL->ADDRESS will not overflow due to the added
1556 constant. Then advance the left boundary only if we are sure
1557 the BC element can in no way affect the BUF content (MEMADDR
1558 to MEMADDR + LEN range).
1560 Use the BP_LOCATIONS_SHADOW_LEN_AFTER_ADDRESS_MAX safety
1561 offset so that we cannot miss a breakpoint with its shadow
1562 range tail still reaching MEMADDR. */
1564 if ((bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1566 && (bl
->address
+ bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
1573 /* Due to the binary search above, we need to make sure we pick the
1574 first location that's at BC_L's address. E.g., if there are
1575 multiple locations at the same address, BC_L may end up pointing
1576 at a duplicate location, and miss the "master"/"inserted"
1577 location. Say, given locations L1, L2 and L3 at addresses A and
1580 L1@A, L2@A, L3@B, ...
1582 BC_L could end up pointing at location L2, while the "master"
1583 location could be L1. Since the `loc->inserted' flag is only set
1584 on "master" locations, we'd forget to restore the shadow of L1
1587 && bp_locations
[bc_l
]->address
== bp_locations
[bc_l
- 1]->address
)
1590 /* Now do full processing of the found relevant range of elements. */
1592 for (bc
= bc_l
; bc
< bp_locations
.size (); bc
++)
1594 struct bp_location
*bl
= bp_locations
[bc
];
1596 /* bp_location array has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
1597 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_none
)
1598 warning (_("reading through apparently deleted breakpoint #%d?"),
1601 /* Performance optimization: any further element can no longer affect BUF
1604 if (bl
->address
>= bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
1607 - bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)))
1610 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
1613 one_breakpoint_xfer_memory (readbuf
, writebuf
, writebuf_org
,
1614 memaddr
, len
, &bl
->target_info
, bl
->gdbarch
);
1618 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1621 is_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1623 return (bpt
->type
== bp_breakpoint
1624 || bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
1625 || bpt
->type
== bp_dprintf
);
1628 /* Return true if BPT is of any hardware watchpoint kind. */
1631 is_hardware_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1633 return (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
1634 || bpt
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
1635 || bpt
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
);
1638 /* See breakpoint.h. */
1641 is_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
1643 return (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
)
1644 || bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint
);
1647 /* Returns true if the current thread and its running state are safe
1648 to evaluate or update watchpoint B. Watchpoints on local
1649 expressions need to be evaluated in the context of the thread that
1650 was current when the watchpoint was created, and, that thread needs
1651 to be stopped to be able to select the correct frame context.
1652 Watchpoints on global expressions can be evaluated on any thread,
1653 and in any state. It is presently left to the target allowing
1654 memory accesses when threads are running. */
1657 watchpoint_in_thread_scope (struct watchpoint
*b
)
1659 return (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
1660 && (b
->watchpoint_thread
== null_ptid
1661 || (inferior_ptid
== b
->watchpoint_thread
1662 && !inferior_thread ()->executing ())));
1665 /* Set watchpoint B to disp_del_at_next_stop, even including its possible
1666 associated bp_watchpoint_scope breakpoint. */
1669 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (struct watchpoint
*w
)
1671 if (w
->related_breakpoint
!= w
)
1673 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
);
1674 gdb_assert (w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
== w
);
1675 w
->related_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1676 w
->related_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
->related_breakpoint
;
1677 w
->related_breakpoint
= w
;
1679 w
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
1682 /* Extract a bitfield value from value VAL using the bit parameters contained in
1685 static struct value
*
1686 extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (struct watchpoint
*w
, struct value
*val
)
1688 struct value
*bit_val
;
1693 bit_val
= allocate_value (value_type (val
));
1695 unpack_value_bitfield (bit_val
,
1698 value_contents_for_printing (val
).data (),
1705 /* Allocate a dummy location and add it to B, which must be a software
1706 watchpoint. This is required because even if a software watchpoint
1707 is not watching any memory, bpstat_stop_status requires a location
1708 to be able to report stops. */
1711 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
1712 struct program_space
*pspace
)
1714 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
);
1716 b
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1717 b
->loc
->pspace
= pspace
;
1718 b
->loc
->address
= -1;
1719 b
->loc
->length
= -1;
1722 /* Returns true if B is a software watchpoint that is not watching any
1723 memory (e.g., "watch $pc"). */
1726 is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
1728 return (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
1730 && b
->loc
->next
== NULL
1731 && b
->loc
->address
== -1
1732 && b
->loc
->length
== -1);
1735 /* Assuming that B is a watchpoint:
1736 - Reparse watchpoint expression, if REPARSE is non-zero
1737 - Evaluate expression and store the result in B->val
1738 - Evaluate the condition if there is one, and store the result
1740 - Update the list of values that must be watched in B->loc.
1742 If the watchpoint disposition is disp_del_at_next_stop, then do
1743 nothing. If this is local watchpoint that is out of scope, delete
1746 Even with `set breakpoint always-inserted on' the watchpoints are
1747 removed + inserted on each stop here. Normal breakpoints must
1748 never be removed because they might be missed by a running thread
1749 when debugging in non-stop mode. On the other hand, hardware
1750 watchpoints (is_hardware_watchpoint; processed here) are specific
1751 to each LWP since they are stored in each LWP's hardware debug
1752 registers. Therefore, such LWP must be stopped first in order to
1753 be able to modify its hardware watchpoints.
1755 Hardware watchpoints must be reset exactly once after being
1756 presented to the user. It cannot be done sooner, because it would
1757 reset the data used to present the watchpoint hit to the user. And
1758 it must not be done later because it could display the same single
1759 watchpoint hit during multiple GDB stops. Note that the latter is
1760 relevant only to the hardware watchpoint types bp_read_watchpoint
1761 and bp_access_watchpoint. False hit by bp_hardware_watchpoint is
1762 not user-visible - its hit is suppressed if the memory content has
1765 The following constraints influence the location where we can reset
1766 hardware watchpoints:
1768 * target_stopped_by_watchpoint and target_stopped_data_address are
1769 called several times when GDB stops.
1772 * Multiple hardware watchpoints can be hit at the same time,
1773 causing GDB to stop. GDB only presents one hardware watchpoint
1774 hit at a time as the reason for stopping, and all the other hits
1775 are presented later, one after the other, each time the user
1776 requests the execution to be resumed. Execution is not resumed
1777 for the threads still having pending hit event stored in
1778 LWP_INFO->STATUS. While the watchpoint is already removed from
1779 the inferior on the first stop the thread hit event is kept being
1780 reported from its cached value by linux_nat_stopped_data_address
1781 until the real thread resume happens after the watchpoint gets
1782 presented and thus its LWP_INFO->STATUS gets reset.
1784 Therefore the hardware watchpoint hit can get safely reset on the
1785 watchpoint removal from inferior. */
1788 update_watchpoint (struct watchpoint
*b
, int reparse
)
1790 int within_current_scope
;
1791 struct frame_id saved_frame_id
;
1794 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
1795 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
1796 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
1797 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
1800 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
1805 /* Determine if the watchpoint is within scope. */
1806 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
1807 within_current_scope
= 1;
1810 struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame ();
1811 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (fi
);
1812 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (fi
);
1814 /* If we're at a point where the stack has been destroyed
1815 (e.g. in a function epilogue), unwinding may not work
1816 properly. Do not attempt to recreate locations at this
1817 point. See similar comments in watchpoint_check. */
1818 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
1821 /* Save the current frame's ID so we can restore it after
1822 evaluating the watchpoint expression on its own frame. */
1823 /* FIXME drow/2003-09-09: It would be nice if evaluate_expression
1824 took a frame parameter, so that we didn't have to change the
1827 saved_frame_id
= get_frame_id (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1829 fi
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
1830 within_current_scope
= (fi
!= NULL
);
1831 if (within_current_scope
)
1835 /* We don't free locations. They are stored in the bp_location array
1836 and update_global_location_list will eventually delete them and
1837 remove breakpoints if needed. */
1840 if (within_current_scope
&& reparse
)
1845 s
= (b
->exp_string_reparse
1846 ? b
->exp_string_reparse
.get ()
1847 : b
->exp_string
.get ());
1848 b
->exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->exp_valid_block
, 0);
1849 /* If the meaning of expression itself changed, the old value is
1850 no longer relevant. We don't want to report a watchpoint hit
1851 to the user when the old value and the new value may actually
1852 be completely different objects. */
1854 b
->val_valid
= false;
1856 /* Note that unlike with breakpoints, the watchpoint's condition
1857 expression is stored in the breakpoint object, not in the
1858 locations (re)created below. */
1859 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
1861 b
->cond_exp
.reset ();
1863 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
1864 b
->cond_exp
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, 0, b
->cond_exp_valid_block
, 0);
1868 /* If we failed to parse the expression, for example because
1869 it refers to a global variable in a not-yet-loaded shared library,
1870 don't try to insert watchpoint. We don't automatically delete
1871 such watchpoint, though, since failure to parse expression
1872 is different from out-of-scope watchpoint. */
1873 if (!target_has_execution ())
1875 /* Without execution, memory can't change. No use to try and
1876 set watchpoint locations. The watchpoint will be reset when
1877 the target gains execution, through breakpoint_re_set. */
1878 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
1880 if (b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
1881 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
1883 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
1884 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
1887 else if (within_current_scope
&& b
->exp
)
1889 std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> val_chain
;
1890 struct value
*v
, *result
;
1891 struct program_space
*frame_pspace
;
1893 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &v
, &result
,
1896 /* Avoid setting b->val if it's already set. The meaning of
1897 b->val is 'the last value' user saw, and we should update
1898 it only if we reported that last value to user. As it
1899 happens, the code that reports it updates b->val directly.
1900 We don't keep track of the memory value for masked
1902 if (!b
->val_valid
&& !is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
1904 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1905 v
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, v
);
1906 b
->val
= release_value (v
);
1907 b
->val_valid
= true;
1910 frame_pspace
= get_frame_program_space (get_selected_frame (NULL
));
1912 /* Look at each value on the value chain. */
1913 gdb_assert (!val_chain
.empty ());
1914 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: val_chain
)
1918 /* If it's a memory location, and GDB actually needed
1919 its contents to evaluate the expression, then we
1920 must watch it. If the first value returned is
1921 still lazy, that means an error occurred reading it;
1922 watch it anyway in case it becomes readable. */
1923 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
1924 && (v
== val_chain
[0] || ! value_lazy (v
)))
1926 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
1928 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked
1929 for it explicitly, never if they just happen to
1930 appear in the middle of some value chain. */
1932 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
1933 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
1936 enum target_hw_bp_type type
;
1937 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
1938 int bitpos
= 0, bitsize
= 0;
1940 if (value_bitsize (v
) != 0)
1942 /* Extract the bit parameters out from the bitfield
1944 bitpos
= value_bitpos (v
);
1945 bitsize
= value_bitsize (v
);
1947 else if (v
== result
&& b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
1949 /* If VAL_BITSIZE != 0 then RESULT is actually a bitfield
1950 lvalue whose bit parameters are saved in the fields
1951 VAL_BITPOS and VAL_BITSIZE. */
1952 bitpos
= b
->val_bitpos
;
1953 bitsize
= b
->val_bitsize
;
1956 addr
= value_address (v
);
1959 /* Skip the bytes that don't contain the bitfield. */
1964 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
1966 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
1969 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
1970 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
; tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
1973 loc
->gdbarch
= value_type (v
)->arch ();
1975 loc
->pspace
= frame_pspace
;
1976 loc
->address
= address_significant (loc
->gdbarch
, addr
);
1980 /* Just cover the bytes that make up the bitfield. */
1981 loc
->length
= ((bitpos
% 8) + bitsize
+ 7) / 8;
1984 loc
->length
= TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
1986 loc
->watchpoint_type
= type
;
1991 /* Change the type of breakpoint between hardware assisted or
1992 an ordinary watchpoint depending on the hardware support
1993 and free hardware slots. REPARSE is set when the inferior
1998 enum bp_loc_type loc_type
;
2000 reg_cnt
= can_use_hardware_watchpoint (val_chain
);
2004 int i
, target_resources_ok
, other_type_used
;
2007 /* Use an exact watchpoint when there's only one memory region to be
2008 watched, and only one debug register is needed to watch it. */
2009 b
->exact
= target_exact_watchpoints
&& reg_cnt
== 1;
2011 /* We need to determine how many resources are already
2012 used for all other hardware watchpoints plus this one
2013 to see if we still have enough resources to also fit
2014 this watchpoint in as well. */
2016 /* If this is a software watchpoint, we try to turn it
2017 to a hardware one -- count resources as if B was of
2018 hardware watchpoint type. */
2020 if (type
== bp_watchpoint
)
2021 type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
2023 /* This watchpoint may or may not have been placed on
2024 the list yet at this point (it won't be in the list
2025 if we're trying to create it for the first time,
2026 through watch_command), so always account for it
2029 /* Count resources used by all watchpoints except B. */
2030 i
= hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (b
, type
, &other_type_used
);
2032 /* Add in the resources needed for B. */
2033 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
2036 = target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (type
, i
, other_type_used
);
2037 if (target_resources_ok
<= 0)
2039 int sw_mode
= b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
);
2041 if (target_resources_ok
== 0 && !sw_mode
)
2042 error (_("Target does not support this type of "
2043 "hardware watchpoint."));
2044 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0 && !sw_mode
)
2045 error (_("There are not enough available hardware "
2046 "resources for this watchpoint."));
2048 /* Downgrade to software watchpoint. */
2049 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2053 /* If this was a software watchpoint, we've just
2054 found we have enough resources to turn it to a
2055 hardware watchpoint. Otherwise, this is a
2060 else if (!b
->ops
->works_in_software_mode (b
))
2062 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
2063 error (_("Can't set read/access watchpoint when "
2064 "hardware watchpoints are disabled."));
2066 error (_("Expression cannot be implemented with "
2067 "read/access watchpoint."));
2070 b
->type
= bp_watchpoint
;
2072 loc_type
= (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
? bp_loc_other
2073 : bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
);
2074 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
2075 bl
->loc_type
= loc_type
;
2078 /* If a software watchpoint is not watching any memory, then the
2079 above left it without any location set up. But,
2080 bpstat_stop_status requires a location to be able to report
2081 stops, so make sure there's at least a dummy one. */
2082 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
== NULL
)
2083 software_watchpoint_add_no_memory_location (b
, frame_pspace
);
2085 else if (!within_current_scope
)
2087 printf_filtered (_("\
2088 Watchpoint %d deleted because the program has left the block\n\
2089 in which its expression is valid.\n"),
2091 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
2094 /* Restore the selected frame. */
2096 select_frame (frame_find_by_id (saved_frame_id
));
2100 /* Returns 1 iff breakpoint location should be
2101 inserted in the inferior. We don't differentiate the type of BL's owner
2102 (breakpoint vs. tracepoint), although insert_location in tracepoint's
2103 breakpoint_ops is not defined, because in insert_bp_location,
2104 tracepoint's insert_location will not be called. */
2106 should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2108 if (bl
->owner
== NULL
|| !breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
))
2111 if (bl
->owner
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2114 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
2115 || bl
->shlib_disabled
|| bl
->duplicate
)
2118 if (user_breakpoint_p (bl
->owner
) && bl
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
2121 /* This is set for example, when we're attached to the parent of a
2122 vfork, and have detached from the child. The child is running
2123 free, and we expect it to do an exec or exit, at which point the
2124 OS makes the parent schedulable again (and the target reports
2125 that the vfork is done). Until the child is done with the shared
2126 memory region, do not insert breakpoints in the parent, otherwise
2127 the child could still trip on the parent's breakpoints. Since
2128 the parent is blocked anyway, it won't miss any breakpoint. */
2129 if (bl
->pspace
->breakpoints_not_allowed
)
2132 /* Don't insert a breakpoint if we're trying to step past its
2133 location, except if the breakpoint is a single-step breakpoint,
2134 and the breakpoint's thread is the thread which is stepping past
2136 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2137 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2138 && stepping_past_instruction_at (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
2140 /* The single-step breakpoint may be inserted at the location
2141 we're trying to step if the instruction branches to itself.
2142 However, the instruction won't be executed at all and it may
2143 break the semantics of the instruction, for example, the
2144 instruction is a conditional branch or updates some flags.
2145 We can't fix it unless GDB is able to emulate the instruction
2146 or switch to displaced stepping. */
2147 && !(bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
2148 && thread_is_stepping_over_breakpoint (bl
->owner
->thread
)))
2150 infrun_debug_printf ("skipping breakpoint: stepping past insn at: %s",
2151 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2155 /* Don't insert watchpoints if we're trying to step past the
2156 instruction that triggered one. */
2157 if ((bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
2158 && stepping_past_nonsteppable_watchpoint ())
2160 infrun_debug_printf ("stepping past non-steppable watchpoint. "
2161 "skipping watchpoint at %s:%d",
2162 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
), bl
->length
);
2169 /* Same as should_be_inserted but does the check assuming
2170 that the location is not duplicated. */
2173 unduplicated_should_be_inserted (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2176 const int save_duplicate
= bl
->duplicate
;
2179 result
= should_be_inserted (bl
);
2180 bl
->duplicate
= save_duplicate
;
2184 /* Parses a conditional described by an expression COND into an
2185 agent expression bytecode suitable for evaluation
2186 by the bytecode interpreter. Return NULL if there was
2187 any error during parsing. */
2189 static agent_expr_up
2190 parse_cond_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, struct expression
*cond
)
2195 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2197 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2198 that may show up. */
2201 aexpr
= gen_eval_for_expr (scope
, cond
);
2204 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2206 /* If we got here, it means the condition could not be parsed to a valid
2207 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2208 It's no use iterating through the conditions. */
2211 /* We have a valid agent expression. */
2215 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint conditions to be
2216 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with different
2217 conditions, we will add such conditions to the list. The idea is that the
2218 target will evaluate the list of conditions and will only notify GDB when
2219 one of them is true. */
2222 build_target_condition_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2224 int null_condition_or_parse_error
= 0;
2225 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2227 /* Release conditions left over from a previous insert. */
2228 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.clear ();
2230 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
2231 evaluating conditions and if the user has
2232 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
2234 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
2235 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
2238 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2240 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2241 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent
2242 expression bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to
2243 send conditions to the target since this location will always
2244 trigger and generate a response back to GDB. Note we consider
2245 all locations at the same address irrespective of type, i.e.,
2246 even if the locations aren't considered duplicates (e.g.,
2247 software breakpoint and hardware breakpoint at the same
2249 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2251 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2255 /* Re-parse the conditions since something changed. In that
2256 case we already freed the condition bytecodes (see
2257 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2258 need to parse the condition to bytecodes again. */
2259 loc
->cond_bytecode
= parse_cond_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2263 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2264 went wrong or we have a null condition expression. */
2265 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2267 null_condition_or_parse_error
= 1;
2273 /* If any of these happened, it means we will have to evaluate the conditions
2274 for the location's address on gdb's side. It is no use keeping bytecodes
2275 for all the other duplicate locations, thus we free all of them here.
2277 This is so we have a finer control over which locations' conditions are
2278 being evaluated by GDB or the remote stub. */
2279 if (null_condition_or_parse_error
)
2281 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2283 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2285 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2287 if (!loc
->cond_bytecode
)
2290 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
2295 /* No NULL conditions or failed bytecode generation. Build a
2296 condition list for this location's address. If we have software
2297 and hardware locations at the same address, they aren't
2298 considered duplicates, but we still marge all the conditions
2299 anyway, as it's simpler, and doesn't really make a practical
2301 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2303 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2304 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2305 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2307 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2309 /* Add the condition to the vector. This will be used later
2310 to send the conditions to the target. */
2311 bl
->target_info
.conditions
.push_back (loc
->cond_bytecode
.get ());
2317 /* Parses a command described by string CMD into an agent expression
2318 bytecode suitable for evaluation by the bytecode interpreter.
2319 Return NULL if there was any error during parsing. */
2321 static agent_expr_up
2322 parse_cmd_to_aexpr (CORE_ADDR scope
, char *cmd
)
2324 const char *cmdrest
;
2325 const char *format_start
, *format_end
;
2326 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
2333 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2335 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2337 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2338 error (_("No format string following the location"));
2340 format_start
= cmdrest
;
2342 format_pieces
fpieces (&cmdrest
);
2344 format_end
= cmdrest
;
2346 if (*cmdrest
++ != '"')
2347 error (_("Bad format string, non-terminated '\"'."));
2349 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2351 if (!(*cmdrest
== ',' || *cmdrest
== '\0'))
2352 error (_("Invalid argument syntax"));
2354 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2356 cmdrest
= skip_spaces (cmdrest
);
2358 /* For each argument, make an expression. */
2360 std::vector
<struct expression
*> argvec
;
2361 while (*cmdrest
!= '\0')
2366 expression_up expr
= parse_exp_1 (&cmd1
, scope
, block_for_pc (scope
), 1);
2367 argvec
.push_back (expr
.release ());
2369 if (*cmdrest
== ',')
2373 agent_expr_up aexpr
;
2375 /* We don't want to stop processing, so catch any errors
2376 that may show up. */
2379 aexpr
= gen_printf (scope
, gdbarch
, 0, 0,
2380 format_start
, format_end
- format_start
,
2381 argvec
.size (), argvec
.data ());
2383 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&ex
)
2385 /* If we got here, it means the command could not be parsed to a valid
2386 bytecode expression and thus can't be evaluated on the target's side.
2387 It's no use iterating through the other commands. */
2390 /* We have a valid agent expression, return it. */
2394 /* Based on location BL, create a list of breakpoint commands to be
2395 passed on to the target. If we have duplicated locations with
2396 different commands, we will add any such to the list. */
2399 build_target_command_list (struct bp_location
*bl
)
2401 int null_command_or_parse_error
= 0;
2402 int modified
= bl
->needs_update
;
2404 /* Clear commands left over from a previous insert. */
2405 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.clear ();
2407 if (!target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
2410 /* For now, limit to agent-style dprintf breakpoints. */
2411 if (dprintf_style
!= dprintf_style_agent
)
2414 auto loc_range
= all_bp_locations_at_addr (bl
->address
);
2416 /* For now, if we have any location at the same address that isn't a
2417 dprintf, don't install the target-side commands, as that would
2418 make the breakpoint not be reported to the core, and we'd lose
2420 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2421 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2422 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2423 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_dprintf
)
2426 /* Do a first pass to check for locations with no assigned
2427 conditions or conditions that fail to parse to a valid agent expression
2428 bytecode. If any of these happen, then it's no use to send conditions
2429 to the target since this location will always trigger and generate a
2430 response back to GDB. */
2431 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2433 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2437 /* Re-parse the commands since something changed. In that
2438 case we already freed the command bytecodes (see
2439 force_breakpoint_reinsertion). We just
2440 need to parse the command to bytecodes again. */
2442 = parse_cmd_to_aexpr (bl
->address
,
2443 loc
->owner
->extra_string
.get ());
2446 /* If we have a NULL bytecode expression, it means something
2447 went wrong or we have a null command expression. */
2448 if (!loc
->cmd_bytecode
)
2450 null_command_or_parse_error
= 1;
2456 /* If anything failed, then we're not doing target-side commands,
2458 if (null_command_or_parse_error
)
2460 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2461 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2462 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
)
2464 /* Only go as far as the first NULL bytecode is
2466 if (loc
->cmd_bytecode
== NULL
)
2469 loc
->cmd_bytecode
.reset ();
2473 /* No NULL commands or failed bytecode generation. Build a command
2474 list for all duplicate locations at this location's address.
2475 Note that here we must care for whether the breakpoint location
2476 types are considered duplicates, otherwise, say, if we have a
2477 software and hardware location at the same address, the target
2478 could end up running the commands twice. For the moment, we only
2479 support targets-side commands with dprintf, but it doesn't hurt
2480 to be pedantically correct in case that changes. */
2481 for (bp_location
*loc
: loc_range
)
2482 if (breakpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
)
2483 && loc
->owner
->extra_string
2484 && is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
2485 && loc
->pspace
->num
== bl
->pspace
->num
2486 && loc
->owner
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
2488 && !loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
2490 /* Add the command to the vector. This will be used later
2491 to send the commands to the target. */
2492 bl
->target_info
.tcommands
.push_back (loc
->cmd_bytecode
.get ());
2495 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 0;
2496 /* Maybe flag this location as persistent. */
2497 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_dprintf
&& disconnected_dprintf
)
2498 bl
->target_info
.persist
= 1;
2501 /* Return the kind of breakpoint on address *ADDR. Get the kind
2502 of breakpoint according to ADDR except single-step breakpoint.
2503 Get the kind of single-step breakpoint according to the current
2507 breakpoint_kind (struct bp_location
*bl
, CORE_ADDR
*addr
)
2509 if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_single_step
)
2511 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (bl
->owner
->thread
);
2512 struct regcache
*regcache
;
2514 regcache
= get_thread_regcache (thr
);
2516 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_current_state (bl
->gdbarch
,
2520 return gdbarch_breakpoint_kind_from_pc (bl
->gdbarch
, addr
);
2523 /* Insert a low-level "breakpoint" of some type. BL is the breakpoint
2524 location. Any error messages are printed to TMP_ERROR_STREAM; and
2525 DISABLED_BREAKS, and HW_BREAKPOINT_ERROR are used to report problems.
2526 Returns 0 for success, 1 if the bp_location type is not supported or
2529 NOTE drow/2003-09-09: This routine could be broken down to an
2530 object-style method for each breakpoint or catchpoint type. */
2532 insert_bp_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
2533 struct ui_file
*tmp_error_stream
,
2534 int *disabled_breaks
,
2535 int *hw_breakpoint_error
,
2536 int *hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
2538 gdb_exception bp_excpt
;
2540 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2543 /* Note we don't initialize bl->target_info, as that wipes out
2544 the breakpoint location's shadow_contents if the breakpoint
2545 is still inserted at that location. This in turn breaks
2546 target_read_memory which depends on these buffers when
2547 a memory read is requested at the breakpoint location:
2548 Once the target_info has been wiped, we fail to see that
2549 we have a breakpoint inserted at that address and thus
2550 read the breakpoint instead of returning the data saved in
2551 the breakpoint location's shadow contents. */
2552 bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
= bl
->address
;
2553 bl
->target_info
.placed_address_space
= bl
->pspace
->aspace
;
2554 bl
->target_info
.length
= bl
->length
;
2556 /* When working with target-side conditions, we must pass all the conditions
2557 for the same breakpoint address down to the target since GDB will not
2558 insert those locations. With a list of breakpoint conditions, the target
2559 can decide when to stop and notify GDB. */
2561 if (is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2563 build_target_condition_list (bl
);
2564 build_target_command_list (bl
);
2565 /* Reset the modification marker. */
2566 bl
->needs_update
= 0;
2569 /* If "set breakpoint auto-hw" is "on" and a software breakpoint was
2570 set at a read-only address, then a breakpoint location will have
2571 been changed to hardware breakpoint before we get here. If it is
2572 "off" however, error out before actually trying to insert the
2573 breakpoint, with a nicer error message. */
2574 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2575 && !automatic_hardware_breakpoints
)
2577 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
2579 if (mr
!= nullptr && mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
2581 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2582 _("Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2583 "Cannot set software breakpoint "
2584 "at read-only address %s\n"),
2586 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
));
2591 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2592 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2594 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
2595 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
2596 || bl
->section
== NULL
2597 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
2599 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2604 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2606 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2608 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2610 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2615 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
2616 Shall we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
2617 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
2619 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active,
2620 so we must try to set a breakpoint at the LMA.
2621 This will not work for a hardware breakpoint. */
2622 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2623 warning (_("hardware breakpoint %d not supported in overlay!"),
2627 CORE_ADDR addr
= overlay_unmapped_address (bl
->address
,
2629 /* Set a software (trap) breakpoint at the LMA. */
2630 bl
->overlay_target_info
= bl
->target_info
;
2631 bl
->overlay_target_info
.reqstd_address
= addr
;
2633 /* No overlay handling: just set the breakpoint. */
2638 bl
->overlay_target_info
.kind
2639 = breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
2640 bl
->overlay_target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
2641 val
= target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
2642 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
2645 = gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2647 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2649 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2652 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2653 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2654 "Overlay breakpoint %d "
2655 "failed: in ROM?\n",
2659 /* Shall we set a breakpoint at the VMA? */
2660 if (section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
2662 /* Yes. This overlay section is mapped into memory. */
2667 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2669 bp_excpt
= gdb_exception
{RETURN_ERROR
, GENERIC_ERROR
};
2671 catch (gdb_exception
&e
)
2673 bp_excpt
= std::move (e
);
2678 /* No. This breakpoint will not be inserted.
2679 No error, but do not mark the bp as 'inserted'. */
2684 if (bp_excpt
.reason
!= 0)
2686 /* Can't set the breakpoint. */
2688 /* If the target has closed then it will have deleted any
2689 breakpoints inserted within the target inferior, as a result
2690 any further attempts to interact with the breakpoint objects
2691 is not possible. Just rethrow the error. */
2692 if (bp_excpt
.error
== TARGET_CLOSE_ERROR
)
2694 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= nullptr);
2696 /* In some cases, we might not be able to insert a
2697 breakpoint in a shared library that has already been
2698 removed, but we have not yet processed the shlib unload
2699 event. Unfortunately, some targets that implement
2700 breakpoint insertion themselves can't tell why the
2701 breakpoint insertion failed (e.g., the remote target
2702 doesn't define error codes), so we must treat generic
2703 errors as memory errors. */
2704 if (bp_excpt
.reason
== RETURN_ERROR
2705 && (bp_excpt
.error
== GENERIC_ERROR
2706 || bp_excpt
.error
== MEMORY_ERROR
)
2707 && bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
2708 && (solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
2709 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
2712 /* See also: disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs. */
2713 bl
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
2714 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bl
->owner
);
2715 if (!*disabled_breaks
)
2717 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2718 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n",
2720 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2721 "Temporarily disabling shared "
2722 "library breakpoints:\n");
2724 *disabled_breaks
= 1;
2725 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2726 "breakpoint #%d\n", bl
->owner
->number
);
2731 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
2733 *hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
2734 *hw_bp_error_explained_already
= bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
;
2735 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2736 "Cannot insert hardware breakpoint %d%s",
2738 bp_excpt
.message
? ":" : ".\n");
2739 if (bp_excpt
.message
!= NULL
)
2740 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
, "%s.\n",
2745 if (bp_excpt
.message
== NULL
)
2748 = memory_error_message (TARGET_XFER_E_IO
,
2749 bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
);
2751 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2752 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d.\n"
2754 bl
->owner
->number
, message
.c_str ());
2758 fprintf_unfiltered (tmp_error_stream
,
2759 "Cannot insert breakpoint %d: %s\n",
2774 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
2775 /* NOTE drow/2003-09-08: This state only exists for removing
2776 watchpoints. It's not clear that it's necessary... */
2777 && bl
->owner
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
2781 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2782 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2784 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2786 /* If trying to set a read-watchpoint, and it turns out it's not
2787 supported, try emulating one with an access watchpoint. */
2788 if (val
== 1 && bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
2790 /* But don't try to insert it, if there's already another
2791 hw_access location that would be considered a duplicate
2793 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2795 && loc
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
2796 && watchpoint_locations_match (bl
, loc
))
2800 bl
->target_info
= loc
->target_info
;
2801 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2808 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_access
;
2809 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2812 /* Back to the original value. */
2813 bl
->watchpoint_type
= hw_read
;
2817 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2820 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
2824 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
2825 && bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location
!= NULL
);
2827 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->insert_location (bl
);
2830 bl
->owner
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
2834 Error inserting catchpoint %d: Your system does not support this type\n\
2835 of catchpoint."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2837 warning (_("Error inserting catchpoint %d."), bl
->owner
->number
);
2840 bl
->inserted
= (val
== 0);
2842 /* We've already printed an error message if there was a problem
2843 inserting this catchpoint, and we've disabled the catchpoint,
2844 so just return success. */
2851 /* This function is called when program space PSPACE is about to be
2852 deleted. It takes care of updating breakpoints to not reference
2856 breakpoint_program_space_exit (struct program_space
*pspace
)
2858 /* Remove any breakpoint that was set through this program space. */
2859 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
2860 if (b
->pspace
== pspace
)
2861 delete_breakpoint (b
);
2863 /* Breakpoints set through other program spaces could have locations
2864 bound to PSPACE as well. Remove those. */
2865 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
2867 struct bp_location
*tmp
;
2869 if (loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
2871 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2872 if (loc
->owner
->loc
== loc
)
2873 loc
->owner
->loc
= loc
->next
;
2875 for (tmp
= loc
->owner
->loc
; tmp
->next
!= NULL
; tmp
= tmp
->next
)
2876 if (tmp
->next
== loc
)
2878 tmp
->next
= loc
->next
;
2884 /* Now update the global location list to permanently delete the
2885 removed locations above. */
2886 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
2889 /* Make sure all breakpoints are inserted in inferior.
2890 Throws exception on any error.
2891 A breakpoint that is already inserted won't be inserted
2892 again, so calling this function twice is safe. */
2894 insert_breakpoints (void)
2896 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
2897 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
2899 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
2901 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
2904 /* Updating watchpoints creates new locations, so update the global
2905 location list. Explicitly tell ugll to insert locations and
2906 ignore breakpoints_always_inserted_mode. Also,
2907 update_global_location_list tries to "upgrade" software
2908 breakpoints to hardware breakpoints to handle "set breakpoint
2909 auto-hw", so we need to call it even if we don't have new
2911 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
2914 /* This is used when we need to synch breakpoint conditions between GDB and the
2915 target. It is the case with deleting and disabling of breakpoints when using
2916 always-inserted mode. */
2919 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations (void)
2923 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2924 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2925 int hw_bp_details_reported
= 0;
2927 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2929 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2930 there was an error. */
2931 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2933 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2935 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
2937 /* We only want to update software breakpoints and hardware
2939 if (!is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
2942 /* We only want to update locations that are already inserted
2943 and need updating. This is to avoid unwanted insertion during
2944 deletion of breakpoints. */
2945 if (!bl
->inserted
|| !bl
->needs_update
)
2948 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
2950 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
2951 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
2952 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
2953 insert breakpoints. */
2954 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
2955 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
2958 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
2959 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_details_reported
);
2966 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
2967 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
2971 /* Used when starting or continuing the program. */
2974 insert_breakpoint_locations (void)
2978 int disabled_breaks
= 0;
2979 int hw_breakpoint_error
= 0;
2980 int hw_bp_error_explained_already
= 0;
2982 string_file tmp_error_stream
;
2984 /* Explicitly mark the warning -- this will only be printed if
2985 there was an error. */
2986 tmp_error_stream
.puts ("Warning:\n");
2988 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
2990 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
2992 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->needs_update
))
2995 /* There is no point inserting thread-specific breakpoints if
2996 the thread no longer exists. ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location
2997 has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
2998 if (bl
->owner
->thread
!= -1
2999 && !valid_global_thread_id (bl
->owner
->thread
))
3002 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3004 /* For targets that support global breakpoints, there's no need
3005 to select an inferior to insert breakpoint to. In fact, even
3006 if we aren't attached to any process yet, we should still
3007 insert breakpoints. */
3008 if (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
3009 && (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ()))
3012 val
= insert_bp_location (bl
, &tmp_error_stream
, &disabled_breaks
,
3013 &hw_breakpoint_error
, &hw_bp_error_explained_already
);
3018 /* If we failed to insert all locations of a watchpoint, remove
3019 them, as half-inserted watchpoint is of limited use. */
3020 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
3022 int some_failed
= 0;
3024 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (bpt
))
3027 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
3030 if (bpt
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
3033 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3034 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
3042 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
3044 remove_breakpoint (loc
);
3046 hw_breakpoint_error
= 1;
3047 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert "
3048 "hardware watchpoint %d.\n",
3056 /* If a hardware breakpoint or watchpoint was inserted, add a
3057 message about possibly exhausted resources. */
3058 if (hw_breakpoint_error
&& !hw_bp_error_explained_already
)
3060 tmp_error_stream
.printf ("Could not insert hardware breakpoints:\n\
3061 You may have requested too many hardware breakpoints/watchpoints.\n");
3063 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
3064 error_stream (tmp_error_stream
);
3068 /* Used when the program stops.
3069 Returns zero if successful, or non-zero if there was a problem
3070 removing a breakpoint location. */
3073 remove_breakpoints (void)
3077 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3078 if (bl
->inserted
&& !is_tracepoint (bl
->owner
))
3079 val
|= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3084 /* When a thread exits, remove breakpoints that are related to
3088 remove_threaded_breakpoints (struct thread_info
*tp
, int silent
)
3090 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3092 if (b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
&& user_breakpoint_p (b
))
3094 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
3096 printf_filtered (_("\
3097 Thread-specific breakpoint %d deleted - thread %s no longer in the thread list.\n"),
3098 b
->number
, print_thread_id (tp
));
3100 /* Hide it from the user. */
3106 /* See breakpoint.h. */
3109 remove_breakpoints_inf (inferior
*inf
)
3113 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3115 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3118 if (bl
->inserted
&& !bl
->target_info
.persist
)
3120 val
= remove_breakpoint (bl
);
3127 static int internal_breakpoint_number
= -1;
3129 /* Set the breakpoint number of B, depending on the value of INTERNAL.
3130 If INTERNAL is non-zero, the breakpoint number will be populated
3131 from internal_breakpoint_number and that variable decremented.
3132 Otherwise the breakpoint number will be populated from
3133 breakpoint_count and that value incremented. Internal breakpoints
3134 do not set the internal var bpnum. */
3136 set_breakpoint_number (int internal
, struct breakpoint
*b
)
3139 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3142 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
3143 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
3147 static struct breakpoint
*
3148 create_internal_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
3149 CORE_ADDR address
, enum bptype type
,
3150 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
3152 symtab_and_line sal
;
3154 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (sal
.pc
);
3155 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
3157 breakpoint
*b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
3158 b
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
3159 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
3164 static const char *const longjmp_names
[] =
3166 "longjmp", "_longjmp", "siglongjmp", "_siglongjmp"
3168 #define NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES ARRAY_SIZE(longjmp_names)
3170 /* Per-objfile data private to breakpoint.c. */
3171 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
3173 /* Minimal symbol for "_ovly_debug_event" (if any). */
3174 struct bound_minimal_symbol overlay_msym
;
3176 /* Minimal symbol(s) for "longjmp", "siglongjmp", etc. (if any). */
3177 struct bound_minimal_symbol longjmp_msym
[NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
];
3179 /* True if we have looked for longjmp probes. */
3180 int longjmp_searched
= 0;
3182 /* SystemTap probe points for longjmp (if any). These are non-owning
3184 std::vector
<probe
*> longjmp_probes
;
3186 /* Minimal symbol for "std::terminate()" (if any). */
3187 struct bound_minimal_symbol terminate_msym
;
3189 /* Minimal symbol for "_Unwind_DebugHook" (if any). */
3190 struct bound_minimal_symbol exception_msym
;
3192 /* True if we have looked for exception probes. */
3193 int exception_searched
= 0;
3195 /* SystemTap probe points for unwinding (if any). These are non-owning
3197 std::vector
<probe
*> exception_probes
;
3200 static const struct objfile_key
<breakpoint_objfile_data
>
3201 breakpoint_objfile_key
;
3203 /* Minimal symbol not found sentinel. */
3204 static struct minimal_symbol msym_not_found
;
3206 /* Returns TRUE if MSYM point to the "not found" sentinel. */
3209 msym_not_found_p (const struct minimal_symbol
*msym
)
3211 return msym
== &msym_not_found
;
3214 /* Return per-objfile data needed by breakpoint.c.
3215 Allocate the data if necessary. */
3217 static struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*
3218 get_breakpoint_objfile_data (struct objfile
*objfile
)
3220 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3222 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.get (objfile
);
3223 if (bp_objfile_data
== NULL
)
3224 bp_objfile_data
= breakpoint_objfile_key
.emplace (objfile
);
3225 return bp_objfile_data
;
3229 create_overlay_event_breakpoint (void)
3231 const char *const func_name
= "_ovly_debug_event";
3233 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3235 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3236 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3238 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3240 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3242 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
))
3245 if (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3247 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3249 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3250 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3252 /* Avoid future lookups in this objfile. */
3253 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3256 bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
= m
;
3259 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->overlay_msym
);
3260 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3262 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3263 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3264 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3265 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3267 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_auto
)
3269 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
3270 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
3274 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3275 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
3280 /* Install a master longjmp breakpoint for OBJFILE using a probe. Return
3281 true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3284 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3286 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3287 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3288 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3290 if (!bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
)
3292 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3293 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libc", "longjmp");
3297 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3300 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3302 /* We cannot use the probe interface here,
3303 because it does not know how to evaluate
3308 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
= ret
;
3309 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_searched
= 1;
3312 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
.empty ())
3315 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_probes
)
3317 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3319 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3320 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3322 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3323 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libc:longjmp");
3324 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3330 /* Install master longjmp breakpoints for OBJFILE using longjmp_names.
3331 Return true if at least one breakpoint was installed. */
3334 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (objfile
*objfile
)
3336 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3337 if (!gdbarch_get_longjmp_target_p (gdbarch
))
3340 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
3341 = get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3342 unsigned int installed_bp
= 0;
3344 for (int i
= 0; i
< NUM_LONGJMP_NAMES
; i
++)
3346 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3347 const char *func_name
;
3349 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3351 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
))
3354 func_name
= longjmp_names
[i
];
3355 if (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
== NULL
)
3357 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3359 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol_text (func_name
, objfile
);
3360 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
)
3362 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3363 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
].minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3366 bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
] = m
;
3369 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->longjmp_msym
[i
]);
3370 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_longjmp_master
,
3371 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3372 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3373 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3374 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3375 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3379 return installed_bp
> 0;
3382 /* Create a master longjmp breakpoint. */
3385 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint (void)
3387 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3389 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3391 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3393 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3395 /* Skip separate debug object, it's handled in the loop below. */
3396 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
!= nullptr)
3399 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint on main objfile. */
3400 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3403 /* Try longjmp_names kind breakpoints on main and separate_debug
3405 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3406 if (create_longjmp_master_breakpoint_names (debug_objfile
))
3412 /* Create a master std::terminate breakpoint. */
3414 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint (void)
3416 const char *const func_name
= "std::terminate()";
3418 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
3420 for (struct program_space
*pspace
: program_spaces
)
3424 set_current_program_space (pspace
);
3426 for (objfile
*objfile
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3428 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3429 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3430 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3432 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3434 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
))
3437 if (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3439 struct bound_minimal_symbol m
;
3441 m
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3442 if (m
.minsym
== NULL
|| (MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_text
3443 && MSYMBOL_TYPE (m
.minsym
) != mst_file_text
))
3445 /* Prevent future lookups in this objfile. */
3446 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3449 bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
= m
;
3452 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->terminate_msym
);
3453 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (objfile
->arch (), addr
,
3454 bp_std_terminate_master
,
3455 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3456 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3457 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3458 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3459 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3464 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using a
3465 probe. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3468 create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (objfile
*objfile
)
3470 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3471 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3472 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3474 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3476 /* We prefer the SystemTap probe point if it exists. */
3477 if (!bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
)
3479 std::vector
<probe
*> ret
3480 = find_probes_in_objfile (objfile
, "libgcc", "unwind");
3484 /* We are only interested in checking one element. */
3487 if (!p
->can_evaluate_arguments ())
3489 /* We cannot use the probe interface here, because it does
3490 not know how to evaluate arguments. */
3494 bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
= ret
;
3495 bp_objfile_data
->exception_searched
= 1;
3498 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
.empty ())
3501 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3503 for (probe
*p
: bp_objfile_data
->exception_probes
)
3505 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
,
3506 p
->get_relocated_address (objfile
),
3507 bp_exception_master
,
3508 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3509 b
->location
= new_probe_location ("-probe-stap libgcc:unwind");
3510 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3516 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook for OBJFILE using
3517 _Unwind_DebugHook. Return true if a breakpoint was installed. */
3520 create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (objfile
*objfile
)
3522 const char *const func_name
= "_Unwind_DebugHook";
3523 struct breakpoint
*b
;
3524 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
3525 struct breakpoint_objfile_data
*bp_objfile_data
;
3527 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
3529 bp_objfile_data
= get_breakpoint_objfile_data (objfile
);
3531 if (msym_not_found_p (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
))
3534 gdbarch
= objfile
->arch ();
3536 if (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
== NULL
)
3538 struct bound_minimal_symbol debug_hook
;
3540 debug_hook
= lookup_minimal_symbol (func_name
, NULL
, objfile
);
3541 if (debug_hook
.minsym
== NULL
)
3543 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
.minsym
= &msym_not_found
;
3547 bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
= debug_hook
;
3550 addr
= BMSYMBOL_VALUE_ADDRESS (bp_objfile_data
->exception_msym
);
3551 addr
= gdbarch_convert_from_func_ptr_addr
3552 (gdbarch
, addr
, current_inferior ()->top_target ());
3553 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, addr
, bp_exception_master
,
3554 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
3555 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3556 explicit_loc
.function_name
= ASTRDUP (func_name
);
3557 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
3558 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
3563 /* Install a master breakpoint on the unwinder's debug hook. */
3566 create_exception_master_breakpoint (void)
3568 for (objfile
*obj
: current_program_space
->objfiles ())
3570 /* Skip separate debug object. */
3571 if (obj
->separate_debug_objfile_backlink
)
3574 /* Try a probe kind breakpoint. */
3575 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_probe (obj
))
3578 /* Iterate over main and separate debug objects and try an
3579 _Unwind_DebugHook kind breakpoint. */
3580 for (objfile
*debug_objfile
: obj
->separate_debug_objfiles ())
3581 if (create_exception_master_breakpoint_hook (debug_objfile
))
3586 /* Does B have a location spec? */
3589 breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
3591 return b
->location
!= NULL
&& event_location_empty_p (b
->location
.get ());
3595 update_breakpoints_after_exec (void)
3597 /* We're about to delete breakpoints from GDB's lists. If the
3598 INSERTED flag is true, GDB will try to lift the breakpoints by
3599 writing the breakpoints' "shadow contents" back into memory. The
3600 "shadow contents" are NOT valid after an exec, so GDB should not
3601 do that. Instead, the target is responsible from marking
3602 breakpoints out as soon as it detects an exec. We don't do that
3603 here instead, because there may be other attempts to delete
3604 breakpoints after detecting an exec and before reaching here. */
3605 for (bp_location
*bploc
: all_bp_locations ())
3606 if (bploc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3607 gdb_assert (!bploc
->inserted
);
3609 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3611 if (b
->pspace
!= current_program_space
)
3614 /* Solib breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3615 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
3617 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3621 /* JIT breakpoints must be explicitly reset after an exec(). */
3622 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
3624 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3628 /* Thread event breakpoints must be set anew after an exec(),
3629 as must overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints. */
3630 if (b
->type
== bp_thread_event
|| b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
3631 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
|| b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
3632 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
)
3634 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3638 /* Step-resume breakpoints are meaningless after an exec(). */
3639 if (b
->type
== bp_step_resume
|| b
->type
== bp_hp_step_resume
)
3641 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3645 /* Just like single-step breakpoints. */
3646 if (b
->type
== bp_single_step
)
3648 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3652 /* Longjmp and longjmp-resume breakpoints are also meaningless
3654 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_longjmp_resume
3655 || b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
3656 || b
->type
== bp_exception
|| b
->type
== bp_exception_resume
)
3658 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3662 if (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
)
3664 /* For now, none of the bp_catchpoint breakpoints need to
3665 do anything at this point. In the future, if some of
3666 the catchpoints need to something, we will need to add
3667 a new method, and call this method from here. */
3671 /* bp_finish is a special case. The only way we ought to be able
3672 to see one of these when an exec() has happened, is if the user
3673 caught a vfork, and then said "finish". Ordinarily a finish just
3674 carries them to the call-site of the current callee, by setting
3675 a temporary bp there and resuming. But in this case, the finish
3676 will carry them entirely through the vfork & exec.
3678 We don't want to allow a bp_finish to remain inserted now. But
3679 we can't safely delete it, 'cause finish_command has a handle to
3680 the bp on a bpstat, and will later want to delete it. There's a
3681 chance (and I've seen it happen) that if we delete the bp_finish
3682 here, that its storage will get reused by the time finish_command
3683 gets 'round to deleting the "use to be a bp_finish" breakpoint.
3684 We really must allow finish_command to delete a bp_finish.
3686 In the absence of a general solution for the "how do we know
3687 it's safe to delete something others may have handles to?"
3688 problem, what we'll do here is just uninsert the bp_finish, and
3689 let finish_command delete it.
3691 (We know the bp_finish is "doomed" in the sense that it's
3692 momentary, and will be deleted as soon as finish_command sees
3693 the inferior stopped. So it doesn't matter that the bp's
3694 address is probably bogus in the new a.out, unlike e.g., the
3695 solib breakpoints.) */
3697 if (b
->type
== bp_finish
)
3702 /* Without a symbolic address, we have little hope of the
3703 pre-exec() address meaning the same thing in the post-exec()
3705 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
3707 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3714 detach_breakpoints (ptid_t ptid
)
3717 scoped_restore save_inferior_ptid
= make_scoped_restore (&inferior_ptid
);
3718 struct inferior
*inf
= current_inferior ();
3720 if (ptid
.pid () == inferior_ptid
.pid ())
3721 error (_("Cannot detach breakpoints of inferior_ptid"));
3723 /* Set inferior_ptid; remove_breakpoint_1 uses this global. */
3724 inferior_ptid
= ptid
;
3725 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3727 if (bl
->pspace
!= inf
->pspace
)
3730 /* This function must physically remove breakpoints locations
3731 from the specified ptid, without modifying the breakpoint
3732 package's state. Locations of type bp_loc_other are only
3733 maintained at GDB side. So, there is no need to remove
3734 these bp_loc_other locations. Moreover, removing these
3735 would modify the breakpoint package's state. */
3736 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_other
)
3740 val
|= remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3746 /* Remove the breakpoint location BL from the current address space.
3747 Note that this is used to detach breakpoints from a child fork.
3748 When we get here, the child isn't in the inferior list, and neither
3749 do we have objects to represent its address space --- we should
3750 *not* look at bl->pspace->aspace here. */
3753 remove_breakpoint_1 (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
3757 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3758 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3760 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3761 This should not ever happen. */
3762 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3764 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3765 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3767 /* "Normal" instruction breakpoint: either the standard
3768 trap-instruction bp (bp_breakpoint), or a
3769 bp_hardware_breakpoint. */
3771 /* First check to see if we have to handle an overlay. */
3772 if (overlay_debugging
== ovly_off
3773 || bl
->section
== NULL
3774 || !(section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)))
3776 /* No overlay handling: just remove the breakpoint. */
3778 /* If we're trying to uninsert a memory breakpoint that we
3779 know is set in a dynamic object that is marked
3780 shlib_disabled, then either the dynamic object was
3781 removed with "remove-symbol-file" or with
3782 "nosharedlibrary". In the former case, we don't know
3783 whether another dynamic object might have loaded over the
3784 breakpoint's address -- the user might well let us know
3785 about it next with add-symbol-file (the whole point of
3786 add-symbol-file is letting the user manually maintain a
3787 list of dynamically loaded objects). If we have the
3788 breakpoint's shadow memory, that is, this is a software
3789 breakpoint managed by GDB, check whether the breakpoint
3790 is still inserted in memory, to avoid overwriting wrong
3791 code with stale saved shadow contents. Note that HW
3792 breakpoints don't have shadow memory, as they're
3793 implemented using a mechanism that is not dependent on
3794 being able to modify the target's memory, and as such
3795 they should always be removed. */
3796 if (bl
->shlib_disabled
3797 && bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
!= 0
3798 && !memory_validate_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
))
3801 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3805 /* This breakpoint is in an overlay section.
3806 Did we set a breakpoint at the LMA? */
3807 if (!overlay_events_enabled
)
3809 /* Yes -- overlay event support is not active, so we
3810 should have set a breakpoint at the LMA. Remove it.
3812 /* Ignore any failures: if the LMA is in ROM, we will
3813 have already warned when we failed to insert it. */
3814 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
3815 target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3816 &bl
->overlay_target_info
);
3818 target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
,
3819 &bl
->overlay_target_info
,
3822 /* Did we set a breakpoint at the VMA?
3823 If so, we will have marked the breakpoint 'inserted'. */
3826 /* Yes -- remove it. Previously we did not bother to
3827 remove the breakpoint if the section had been
3828 unmapped, but let's not rely on that being safe. We
3829 don't know what the overlay manager might do. */
3831 /* However, we should remove *software* breakpoints only
3832 if the section is still mapped, or else we overwrite
3833 wrong code with the saved shadow contents. */
3834 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
3835 || section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
3836 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3842 /* No -- not inserted, so no need to remove. No error. */
3847 /* In some cases, we might not be able to remove a breakpoint in
3848 a shared library that has already been removed, but we have
3849 not yet processed the shlib unload event. Similarly for an
3850 unloaded add-symbol-file object - the user might not yet have
3851 had the chance to remove-symbol-file it. shlib_disabled will
3852 be set if the library/object has already been removed, but
3853 the breakpoint hasn't been uninserted yet, e.g., after
3854 "nosharedlibrary" or "remove-symbol-file" with breakpoints
3855 always-inserted mode. */
3857 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
3858 && (bl
->shlib_disabled
3859 || solib_name_from_address (bl
->pspace
, bl
->address
)
3860 || shared_objfile_contains_address_p (bl
->pspace
,
3866 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3868 else if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
)
3870 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3871 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3873 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3874 bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3876 /* Failure to remove any of the hardware watchpoints comes here. */
3877 if (reason
== REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
&& bl
->inserted
)
3878 warning (_("Could not remove hardware watchpoint %d."),
3881 else if (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_catchpoint
3882 && breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
3885 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->ops
!= NULL
3886 && bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location
!= NULL
);
3888 val
= bl
->owner
->ops
->remove_location (bl
, reason
);
3892 bl
->inserted
= (reason
== DETACH_BREAKPOINT
);
3899 remove_breakpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
3901 /* BL is never in moribund_locations by our callers. */
3902 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
!= NULL
);
3904 /* The type of none suggests that owner is actually deleted.
3905 This should not ever happen. */
3906 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_none
);
3908 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
3910 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
3912 return remove_breakpoint_1 (bl
, REMOVE_BREAKPOINT
);
3915 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints. */
3918 mark_breakpoints_out (void)
3920 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
3921 if (bl
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
3925 /* Clear the "inserted" flag in all breakpoints and delete any
3926 breakpoints which should go away between runs of the program.
3928 Plus other such housekeeping that has to be done for breakpoints
3931 Note: this function gets called at the end of a run (by
3932 generic_mourn_inferior) and when a run begins (by
3933 init_wait_for_inferior). */
3938 breakpoint_init_inferior (enum inf_context context
)
3940 struct program_space
*pspace
= current_program_space
;
3942 /* If breakpoint locations are shared across processes, then there's
3944 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ()))
3947 mark_breakpoints_out ();
3949 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
3951 if (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
!= pspace
)
3957 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
3959 /* If the call dummy breakpoint is at the entry point it will
3960 cause problems when the inferior is rerun, so we better get
3963 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
3965 /* Also get rid of scope breakpoints. */
3967 case bp_shlib_event
:
3969 /* Also remove solib event breakpoints. Their addresses may
3970 have changed since the last time we ran the program.
3971 Actually we may now be debugging against different target;
3972 and so the solib backend that installed this breakpoint may
3973 not be used in by the target. E.g.,
3975 (gdb) file prog-linux
3976 (gdb) run # native linux target
3979 (gdb) file prog-win.exe
3980 (gdb) tar rem :9999 # remote Windows gdbserver.
3983 case bp_step_resume
:
3985 /* Also remove step-resume breakpoints. */
3987 case bp_single_step
:
3989 /* Also remove single-step breakpoints. */
3991 delete_breakpoint (b
);
3995 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
3996 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
3997 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
3999 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4001 /* Likewise for watchpoints on local expressions. */
4002 if (w
->exp_valid_block
!= NULL
)
4003 delete_breakpoint (b
);
4006 /* Get rid of existing locations, which are no longer
4007 valid. New ones will be created in
4008 update_watchpoint, when the inferior is restarted.
4009 The next update_global_location_list call will
4010 garbage collect them. */
4013 if (context
== inf_starting
)
4015 /* Reset val field to force reread of starting value in
4016 insert_breakpoints. */
4017 w
->val
.reset (nullptr);
4018 w
->val_valid
= false;
4028 /* Get rid of the moribund locations. */
4029 for (bp_location
*bl
: moribund_locations
)
4030 decref_bp_location (&bl
);
4031 moribund_locations
.clear ();
4034 /* These functions concern about actual breakpoints inserted in the
4035 target --- to e.g. check if we need to do decr_pc adjustment or if
4036 we need to hop over the bkpt --- so we check for address space
4037 match, not program space. */
4039 /* breakpoint_here_p (PC) returns non-zero if an enabled breakpoint
4040 exists at PC. It returns ordinary_breakpoint_here if it's an
4041 ordinary breakpoint, or permanent_breakpoint_here if it's a
4042 permanent breakpoint.
4043 - When continuing from a location with an ordinary breakpoint, we
4044 actually single step once before calling insert_breakpoints.
4045 - When continuing from a location with a permanent breakpoint, we
4046 need to use the `SKIP_PERMANENT_BREAKPOINT' macro, provided by
4047 the target, to advance the PC past the breakpoint. */
4049 enum breakpoint_here
4050 breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4052 int any_breakpoint_here
= 0;
4054 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4056 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4057 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4060 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has BL->OWNER always non-NULL. */
4061 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4063 && breakpoint_location_address_match (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4065 if (overlay_debugging
4066 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4067 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4068 continue; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4069 else if (bl
->permanent
)
4070 return permanent_breakpoint_here
;
4072 any_breakpoint_here
= 1;
4076 return any_breakpoint_here
? ordinary_breakpoint_here
: no_breakpoint_here
;
4079 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4082 breakpoint_in_range_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4083 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4085 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
4087 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4088 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4091 if ((breakpoint_enabled (bl
->owner
)
4093 && breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (bl
, aspace
,
4096 if (overlay_debugging
4097 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4098 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4100 /* Unmapped overlay -- can't be a match. */
4111 /* Return true if there's a moribund breakpoint at PC. */
4114 moribund_breakpoint_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4116 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
4117 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
4123 /* Returns non-zero iff BL is inserted at PC, in address space
4127 bp_location_inserted_here_p (struct bp_location
*bl
,
4128 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4131 && breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
4134 if (overlay_debugging
4135 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
4136 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
4137 return 0; /* unmapped overlay -- can't be a match */
4144 /* Returns non-zero iff there's a breakpoint inserted at PC. */
4147 breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
)
4149 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4151 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
4152 && bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4155 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4161 /* This function returns non-zero iff there is a software breakpoint
4165 software_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4168 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4170 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
4173 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4180 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4183 hardware_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
4186 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (pc
))
4188 if (bl
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
4191 if (bp_location_inserted_here_p (bl
, aspace
, pc
))
4199 hardware_watchpoint_inserted_in_range (const address_space
*aspace
,
4200 CORE_ADDR addr
, ULONGEST len
)
4202 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
4204 if (bpt
->type
!= bp_hardware_watchpoint
4205 && bpt
->type
!= bp_access_watchpoint
)
4208 if (!breakpoint_enabled (bpt
))
4211 for (bp_location
*loc
: bpt
->locations ())
4212 if (loc
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
&& loc
->inserted
)
4216 /* Check for intersection. */
4217 l
= std::max
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
, addr
);
4218 h
= std::min
<CORE_ADDR
> (loc
->address
+ loc
->length
, addr
+ len
);
4226 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4229 is_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
4231 return (b
->type
== bp_catchpoint
);
4234 /* Clear a bpstat so that it says we are not at any breakpoint.
4235 Also free any storage that is part of a bpstat. */
4238 bpstat_clear (bpstat
**bsp
)
4255 bpstat::bpstat (const bpstat
&other
)
4257 bp_location_at (other
.bp_location_at
),
4258 breakpoint_at (other
.breakpoint_at
),
4259 commands (other
.commands
),
4260 print (other
.print
),
4262 print_it (other
.print_it
)
4264 if (other
.old_val
!= NULL
)
4265 old_val
= release_value (value_copy (other
.old_val
.get ()));
4268 /* Return a copy of a bpstat. Like "bs1 = bs2" but all storage that
4269 is part of the bpstat is copied as well. */
4272 bpstat_copy (bpstat
*bs
)
4274 bpstat
*p
= nullptr;
4276 bpstat
*retval
= nullptr;
4281 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4283 tmp
= new bpstat (*bs
);
4286 /* This is the first thing in the chain. */
4296 /* Find the bpstat associated with this breakpoint. */
4299 bpstat_find_breakpoint (bpstat
*bsp
, struct breakpoint
*breakpoint
)
4304 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4306 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== breakpoint
)
4312 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4315 bpstat_explains_signal (bpstat
*bsp
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
4317 for (; bsp
!= NULL
; bsp
= bsp
->next
)
4319 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
4321 /* A moribund location can never explain a signal other than
4323 if (sig
== GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
4328 if (bsp
->breakpoint_at
->ops
->explains_signal (bsp
->breakpoint_at
,
4337 /* Put in *NUM the breakpoint number of the first breakpoint we are
4338 stopped at. *BSP upon return is a bpstat which points to the
4339 remaining breakpoints stopped at (but which is not guaranteed to be
4340 good for anything but further calls to bpstat_num).
4342 Return 0 if passed a bpstat which does not indicate any breakpoints.
4343 Return -1 if stopped at a breakpoint that has been deleted since
4345 Return 1 otherwise. */
4348 bpstat_num (bpstat
**bsp
, int *num
)
4350 struct breakpoint
*b
;
4353 return 0; /* No more breakpoint values */
4355 /* We assume we'll never have several bpstats that correspond to a
4356 single breakpoint -- otherwise, this function might return the
4357 same number more than once and this will look ugly. */
4358 b
= (*bsp
)->breakpoint_at
;
4359 *bsp
= (*bsp
)->next
;
4361 return -1; /* breakpoint that's been deleted since */
4363 *num
= b
->number
; /* We have its number */
4367 /* See breakpoint.h. */
4370 bpstat_clear_actions (void)
4374 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
)
4377 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4378 for (bs
= tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4380 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4381 bs
->old_val
.reset (nullptr);
4385 /* Called when a command is about to proceed the inferior. */
4388 breakpoint_about_to_proceed (void)
4390 if (inferior_ptid
!= null_ptid
)
4392 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4394 /* Allow inferior function calls in breakpoint commands to not
4395 interrupt the command list. When the call finishes
4396 successfully, the inferior will be standing at the same
4397 breakpoint as if nothing happened. */
4398 if (tp
->control
.in_infcall
)
4402 breakpoint_proceeded
= 1;
4405 /* Return non-zero iff CMD as the first line of a command sequence is `silent'
4406 or its equivalent. */
4409 command_line_is_silent (struct command_line
*cmd
)
4411 return cmd
&& (strcmp ("silent", cmd
->line
) == 0);
4414 /* Execute all the commands associated with all the breakpoints at
4415 this location. Any of these commands could cause the process to
4416 proceed beyond this point, etc. We look out for such changes by
4417 checking the global "breakpoint_proceeded" after each command.
4419 Returns true if a breakpoint command resumed the inferior. In that
4420 case, it is the caller's responsibility to recall it again with the
4421 bpstat of the current thread. */
4424 bpstat_do_actions_1 (bpstat
**bsp
)
4429 /* Avoid endless recursion if a `source' command is contained
4431 if (executing_breakpoint_commands
)
4434 scoped_restore save_executing
4435 = make_scoped_restore (&executing_breakpoint_commands
, 1);
4437 scoped_restore preventer
= prevent_dont_repeat ();
4439 /* This pointer will iterate over the list of bpstat's. */
4442 breakpoint_proceeded
= 0;
4443 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4445 struct command_line
*cmd
= NULL
;
4447 /* Take ownership of the BSP's command tree, if it has one.
4449 The command tree could legitimately contain commands like
4450 'step' and 'next', which call clear_proceed_status, which
4451 frees stop_bpstat's command tree. To make sure this doesn't
4452 free the tree we're executing out from under us, we need to
4453 take ownership of the tree ourselves. Since a given bpstat's
4454 commands are only executed once, we don't need to copy it; we
4455 can clear the pointer in the bpstat, and make sure we free
4456 the tree when we're done. */
4457 counted_command_line ccmd
= bs
->commands
;
4458 bs
->commands
= NULL
;
4461 if (command_line_is_silent (cmd
))
4463 /* The action has been already done by bpstat_stop_status. */
4469 execute_control_command (cmd
);
4471 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4477 if (breakpoint_proceeded
)
4479 if (current_ui
->async
)
4480 /* If we are in async mode, then the target might be still
4481 running, not stopped at any breakpoint, so nothing for
4482 us to do here -- just return to the event loop. */
4485 /* In sync mode, when execute_control_command returns
4486 we're already standing on the next breakpoint.
4487 Breakpoint commands for that stop were not run, since
4488 execute_command does not run breakpoint commands --
4489 only command_line_handler does, but that one is not
4490 involved in execution of breakpoint commands. So, we
4491 can now execute breakpoint commands. It should be
4492 noted that making execute_command do bpstat actions is
4493 not an option -- in this case we'll have recursive
4494 invocation of bpstat for each breakpoint with a
4495 command, and can easily blow up GDB stack. Instead, we
4496 return true, which will trigger the caller to recall us
4497 with the new stop_bpstat. */
4505 /* Helper for bpstat_do_actions. Get the current thread, if there's
4506 one, is alive and has execution. Return NULL otherwise. */
4508 static thread_info
*
4509 get_bpstat_thread ()
4511 if (inferior_ptid
== null_ptid
|| !target_has_execution ())
4514 thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
4515 if (tp
->state
== THREAD_EXITED
|| tp
->executing ())
4521 bpstat_do_actions (void)
4523 auto cleanup_if_error
= make_scope_exit (bpstat_clear_actions
);
4526 /* Do any commands attached to breakpoint we are stopped at. */
4527 while ((tp
= get_bpstat_thread ()) != NULL
)
4529 /* Since in sync mode, bpstat_do_actions may resume the
4530 inferior, and only return when it is stopped at the next
4531 breakpoint, we keep doing breakpoint actions until it returns
4532 false to indicate the inferior was not resumed. */
4533 if (!bpstat_do_actions_1 (&tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
))
4537 cleanup_if_error
.release ();
4540 /* Print out the (old or new) value associated with a watchpoint. */
4543 watchpoint_value_print (struct value
*val
, struct ui_file
*stream
)
4546 fprintf_styled (stream
, metadata_style
.style (), _("<unreadable>"));
4549 struct value_print_options opts
;
4550 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
4551 value_print (val
, stream
, &opts
);
4555 /* Print the "Thread ID hit" part of "Thread ID hit Breakpoint N" if
4556 debugging multiple threads. */
4559 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (struct ui_out
*uiout
)
4561 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4566 if (show_thread_that_caused_stop ())
4568 struct thread_info
*thr
= inferior_thread ();
4570 uiout
->text ("Thread ");
4571 uiout
->field_string ("thread-id", print_thread_id (thr
));
4573 const char *name
= thread_name (thr
);
4576 uiout
->text (" \"");
4577 uiout
->field_string ("name", name
);
4581 uiout
->text (" hit ");
4585 /* Generic routine for printing messages indicating why we
4586 stopped. The behavior of this function depends on the value
4587 'print_it' in the bpstat structure. Under some circumstances we
4588 may decide not to print anything here and delegate the task to
4591 static enum print_stop_action
4592 print_bp_stop_message (bpstat
*bs
)
4594 switch (bs
->print_it
)
4597 /* Nothing should be printed for this bpstat entry. */
4598 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4602 /* We still want to print the frame, but we already printed the
4603 relevant messages. */
4604 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
4607 case print_it_normal
:
4609 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4611 /* bs->breakpoint_at can be NULL if it was a momentary breakpoint
4612 which has since been deleted. */
4614 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4616 /* Normal case. Call the breakpoint's print_it method. */
4617 return b
->ops
->print_it (bs
);
4622 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
4623 _("print_bp_stop_message: unrecognized enum value"));
4628 /* A helper function that prints a shared library stopped event. */
4631 print_solib_event (int is_catchpoint
)
4633 bool any_deleted
= !current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.empty ();
4634 bool any_added
= !current_program_space
->added_solibs
.empty ();
4638 if (any_added
|| any_deleted
)
4639 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event:\n"));
4641 current_uiout
->text (_("Stopped due to shared library event (no "
4642 "libraries added or removed)\n"));
4645 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4646 current_uiout
->field_string ("reason",
4647 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_SOLIB_EVENT
));
4651 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior unloaded "));
4652 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "removed");
4653 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
.size (); ix
++)
4655 const std::string
&name
= current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
[ix
];
4658 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4659 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", name
);
4660 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4666 current_uiout
->text (_(" Inferior loaded "));
4667 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (current_uiout
, "added");
4669 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
4672 current_uiout
->text (" ");
4674 current_uiout
->field_string ("library", iter
->so_name
);
4675 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
4680 /* Print a message indicating what happened. This is called from
4681 normal_stop(). The input to this routine is the head of the bpstat
4682 list - a list of the eventpoints that caused this stop. KIND is
4683 the target_waitkind for the stopping event. This
4684 routine calls the generic print routine for printing a message
4685 about reasons for stopping. This will print (for example) the
4686 "Breakpoint n," part of the output. The return value of this
4689 PRINT_UNKNOWN: Means we printed nothing.
4690 PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC: Means we printed something, and expect subsequent
4691 code to print the location. An example is
4692 "Breakpoint 1, " which should be followed by
4694 PRINT_SRC_ONLY: Means we printed something, but there is no need
4695 to also print the location part of the message.
4696 An example is the catch/throw messages, which
4697 don't require a location appended to the end.
4698 PRINT_NOTHING: We have done some printing and we don't need any
4699 further info to be printed. */
4701 enum print_stop_action
4702 bpstat_print (bpstat
*bs
, int kind
)
4704 enum print_stop_action val
;
4706 /* Maybe another breakpoint in the chain caused us to stop.
4707 (Currently all watchpoints go on the bpstat whether hit or not.
4708 That probably could (should) be changed, provided care is taken
4709 with respect to bpstat_explains_signal). */
4710 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
4712 val
= print_bp_stop_message (bs
);
4713 if (val
== PRINT_SRC_ONLY
4714 || val
== PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
4715 || val
== PRINT_NOTHING
)
4719 /* If we had hit a shared library event breakpoint,
4720 print_bp_stop_message would print out this message. If we hit an
4721 OS-level shared library event, do the same thing. */
4722 if (kind
== TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
4724 print_solib_event (0);
4725 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
4728 /* We reached the end of the chain, or we got a null BS to start
4729 with and nothing was printed. */
4730 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
4733 /* Evaluate the boolean expression EXP and return the result. */
4736 breakpoint_cond_eval (expression
*exp
)
4738 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
4739 bool res
= value_true (evaluate_expression (exp
));
4741 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4745 /* Allocate a new bpstat. Link it to the FIFO list by BS_LINK_POINTER. */
4747 bpstat::bpstat (struct bp_location
*bl
, bpstat
***bs_link_pointer
)
4749 bp_location_at (bp_location_ref_ptr::new_reference (bl
)),
4750 breakpoint_at (bl
->owner
),
4754 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4756 **bs_link_pointer
= this;
4757 *bs_link_pointer
= &next
;
4762 breakpoint_at (NULL
),
4766 print_it (print_it_normal
)
4770 /* The target has stopped with waitstatus WS. Check if any hardware
4771 watchpoints have triggered, according to the target. */
4774 watchpoints_triggered (const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
4776 bool stopped_by_watchpoint
= target_stopped_by_watchpoint ();
4779 if (!stopped_by_watchpoint
)
4781 /* We were not stopped by a watchpoint. Mark all watchpoints
4782 as not triggered. */
4783 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4784 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4786 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4788 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4794 if (!target_stopped_data_address (current_inferior ()->top_target (), &addr
))
4796 /* We were stopped by a watchpoint, but we don't know where.
4797 Mark all watchpoints as unknown. */
4798 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4799 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4801 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4803 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_unknown
;
4809 /* The target could report the data address. Mark watchpoints
4810 affected by this data address as triggered, and all others as not
4813 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
4814 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
4816 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
4818 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_no
;
4819 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
4821 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4823 CORE_ADDR newaddr
= addr
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4824 CORE_ADDR start
= loc
->address
& w
->hw_wp_mask
;
4826 if (newaddr
== start
)
4828 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4832 /* Exact match not required. Within range is sufficient. */
4833 else if (target_watchpoint_addr_within_range
4834 (current_inferior ()->top_target (), addr
, loc
->address
,
4837 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
4846 /* Possible return values for watchpoint_check. */
4847 enum wp_check_result
4849 /* The watchpoint has been deleted. */
4852 /* The value has changed. */
4853 WP_VALUE_CHANGED
= 2,
4855 /* The value has not changed. */
4856 WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
= 3,
4858 /* Ignore this watchpoint, no matter if the value changed or not. */
4862 #define BP_TEMPFLAG 1
4863 #define BP_HARDWAREFLAG 2
4865 /* Evaluate watchpoint condition expression and check if its value
4868 static wp_check_result
4869 watchpoint_check (bpstat
*bs
)
4871 struct watchpoint
*b
;
4872 struct frame_info
*fr
;
4873 int within_current_scope
;
4875 /* BS is built from an existing struct breakpoint. */
4876 gdb_assert (bs
->breakpoint_at
!= NULL
);
4877 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
4879 /* If this is a local watchpoint, we only want to check if the
4880 watchpoint frame is in scope if the current thread is the thread
4881 that was used to create the watchpoint. */
4882 if (!watchpoint_in_thread_scope (b
))
4885 if (b
->exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
4886 within_current_scope
= 1;
4889 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
4890 struct gdbarch
*frame_arch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
4891 CORE_ADDR frame_pc
= get_frame_pc (frame
);
4893 /* stack_frame_destroyed_p() returns a non-zero value if we're
4894 still in the function but the stack frame has already been
4895 invalidated. Since we can't rely on the values of local
4896 variables after the stack has been destroyed, we are treating
4897 the watchpoint in that state as `not changed' without further
4898 checking. Don't mark watchpoints as changed if the current
4899 frame is in an epilogue - even if they are in some other
4900 frame, our view of the stack is likely to be wrong and
4901 frame_find_by_id could error out. */
4902 if (gdbarch_stack_frame_destroyed_p (frame_arch
, frame_pc
))
4905 fr
= frame_find_by_id (b
->watchpoint_frame
);
4906 within_current_scope
= (fr
!= NULL
);
4908 /* If we've gotten confused in the unwinder, we might have
4909 returned a frame that can't describe this variable. */
4910 if (within_current_scope
)
4912 struct symbol
*function
;
4914 function
= get_frame_function (fr
);
4915 if (function
== NULL
4916 || !contained_in (b
->exp_valid_block
,
4917 SYMBOL_BLOCK_VALUE (function
)))
4918 within_current_scope
= 0;
4921 if (within_current_scope
)
4922 /* If we end up stopping, the current frame will get selected
4923 in normal_stop. So this call to select_frame won't affect
4928 if (within_current_scope
)
4930 /* We use value_{,free_to_}mark because it could be a *long*
4931 time before we return to the command level and call
4932 free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values because we
4933 might be in the middle of evaluating a function call. */
4936 struct value
*new_val
;
4938 if (is_masked_watchpoint (b
))
4939 /* Since we don't know the exact trigger address (from
4940 stopped_data_address), just tell the user we've triggered
4941 a mask watchpoint. */
4942 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4944 mark
= value_mark ();
4945 fetch_subexp_value (b
->exp
.get (), b
->exp
->op
.get (), &new_val
,
4948 if (b
->val_bitsize
!= 0)
4949 new_val
= extract_bitfield_from_watchpoint_value (b
, new_val
);
4951 /* We use value_equal_contents instead of value_equal because
4952 the latter coerces an array to a pointer, thus comparing just
4953 the address of the array instead of its contents. This is
4954 not what we want. */
4955 if ((b
->val
!= NULL
) != (new_val
!= NULL
)
4956 || (b
->val
!= NULL
&& !value_equal_contents (b
->val
.get (),
4959 bs
->old_val
= b
->val
;
4960 b
->val
= release_value (new_val
);
4961 b
->val_valid
= true;
4962 if (new_val
!= NULL
)
4963 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4964 return WP_VALUE_CHANGED
;
4968 /* Nothing changed. */
4969 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
4970 return WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
;
4975 /* This seems like the only logical thing to do because
4976 if we temporarily ignored the watchpoint, then when
4977 we reenter the block in which it is valid it contains
4978 garbage (in the case of a function, it may have two
4979 garbage values, one before and one after the prologue).
4980 So we can't even detect the first assignment to it and
4981 watch after that (since the garbage may or may not equal
4982 the first value assigned). */
4983 /* We print all the stop information in
4984 breakpoint_ops->print_it, but in this case, by the time we
4985 call breakpoint_ops->print_it this bp will be deleted
4986 already. So we have no choice but print the information
4989 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
4991 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
4993 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
4995 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_SCOPE
));
4996 uiout
->message ("\nWatchpoint %pF deleted because the program has "
4997 "left the block in\n"
4998 "which its expression is valid.\n",
4999 signed_field ("wpnum", b
->number
));
5002 /* Make sure the watchpoint's commands aren't executed. */
5004 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5010 /* Return true if it looks like target has stopped due to hitting
5011 breakpoint location BL. This function does not check if we should
5012 stop, only if BL explains the stop. */
5015 bpstat_check_location (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
5016 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5017 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5019 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
5021 /* BL is from an existing breakpoint. */
5022 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5024 return b
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5027 /* Determine if the watched values have actually changed, and we
5028 should stop. If not, set BS->stop to 0. */
5031 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
5033 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5034 struct watchpoint
*b
;
5036 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5037 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5038 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5039 b
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5040 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5043 int must_check_value
= 0;
5045 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5046 /* For a software watchpoint, we must always check the
5048 must_check_value
= 1;
5049 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_yes
)
5050 /* We have a hardware watchpoint (read, write, or access)
5051 and the target earlier reported an address watched by
5053 must_check_value
= 1;
5054 else if (b
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_unknown
5055 && b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
5056 /* We were stopped by a hardware watchpoint, but the target could
5057 not report the data address. We must check the watchpoint's
5058 value. Access and read watchpoints are out of luck; without
5059 a data address, we can't figure it out. */
5060 must_check_value
= 1;
5062 if (must_check_value
)
5068 e
= watchpoint_check (bs
);
5070 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5072 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5073 "Error evaluating expression "
5074 "for watchpoint %d\n",
5077 SWITCH_THRU_ALL_UIS ()
5079 printf_filtered (_("Watchpoint %d deleted.\n"),
5082 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (b
);
5089 /* We've already printed what needs to be printed. */
5090 bs
->print_it
= print_it_done
;
5094 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5097 case WP_VALUE_CHANGED
:
5098 if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
5100 /* There are two cases to consider here:
5102 1. We're watching the triggered memory for reads.
5103 In that case, trust the target, and always report
5104 the watchpoint hit to the user. Even though
5105 reads don't cause value changes, the value may
5106 have changed since the last time it was read, and
5107 since we're not trapping writes, we will not see
5108 those, and as such we should ignore our notion of
5111 2. We're watching the triggered memory for both
5112 reads and writes. There are two ways this may
5115 2.1. This is a target that can't break on data
5116 reads only, but can break on accesses (reads or
5117 writes), such as e.g., x86. We detect this case
5118 at the time we try to insert read watchpoints.
5120 2.2. Otherwise, the target supports read
5121 watchpoints, but, the user set an access or write
5122 watchpoint watching the same memory as this read
5125 If we're watching memory writes as well as reads,
5126 ignore watchpoint hits when we find that the
5127 value hasn't changed, as reads don't cause
5128 changes. This still gives false positives when
5129 the program writes the same value to memory as
5130 what there was already in memory (we will confuse
5131 it for a read), but it's much better than
5134 int other_write_watchpoint
= 0;
5136 if (bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_read
)
5138 for (breakpoint
*other_b
: all_breakpoints ())
5139 if (other_b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5140 || other_b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
5142 struct watchpoint
*other_w
=
5143 (struct watchpoint
*) other_b
;
5145 if (other_w
->watchpoint_triggered
5146 == watch_triggered_yes
)
5148 other_write_watchpoint
= 1;
5154 if (other_write_watchpoint
5155 || bl
->watchpoint_type
== hw_access
)
5157 /* We're watching the same memory for writes,
5158 and the value changed since the last time we
5159 updated it, so this trap must be for a write.
5161 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5166 case WP_VALUE_NOT_CHANGED
:
5167 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
5168 || b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
)
5170 /* Don't stop: write watchpoints shouldn't fire if
5171 the value hasn't changed. */
5172 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5182 else /* must_check_value == 0 */
5184 /* This is a case where some watchpoint(s) triggered, but
5185 not at the address of this watchpoint, or else no
5186 watchpoint triggered after all. So don't print
5187 anything for this watchpoint. */
5188 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5194 /* For breakpoints that are currently marked as telling gdb to stop,
5195 check conditions (condition proper, frame, thread and ignore count)
5196 of breakpoint referred to by BS. If we should not stop for this
5197 breakpoint, set BS->stop to 0. */
5200 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bpstat
*bs
, thread_info
*thread
)
5202 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
5203 struct breakpoint
*b
;
5205 bool condition_result
= true;
5206 struct expression
*cond
;
5208 gdb_assert (bs
->stop
);
5210 /* BS is built for existing struct breakpoint. */
5211 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
5212 gdb_assert (bl
!= NULL
);
5213 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5214 gdb_assert (b
!= NULL
);
5216 /* Even if the target evaluated the condition on its end and notified GDB, we
5217 need to do so again since GDB does not know if we stopped due to a
5218 breakpoint or a single step breakpoint. */
5220 if (frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
)
5221 && !frame_id_eq (b
->frame_id
, get_stack_frame_id (get_current_frame ())))
5227 /* If this is a thread/task-specific breakpoint, don't waste cpu
5228 evaluating the condition if this isn't the specified
5230 if ((b
->thread
!= -1 && b
->thread
!= thread
->global_num
)
5231 || (b
->task
!= 0 && b
->task
!= ada_get_task_number (thread
)))
5237 /* Evaluate extension language breakpoints that have a "stop" method
5239 bs
->stop
= breakpoint_ext_lang_cond_says_stop (b
);
5241 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5243 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5245 cond
= w
->cond_exp
.get ();
5248 cond
= bl
->cond
.get ();
5250 if (cond
&& b
->disposition
!= disp_del_at_next_stop
)
5252 int within_current_scope
= 1;
5253 struct watchpoint
* w
;
5255 /* We use value_mark and value_free_to_mark because it could
5256 be a long time before we return to the command level and
5257 call free_all_values. We can't call free_all_values
5258 because we might be in the middle of evaluating a
5260 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
5262 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
5263 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
5267 /* Need to select the frame, with all that implies so that
5268 the conditions will have the right context. Because we
5269 use the frame, we will not see an inlined function's
5270 variables when we arrive at a breakpoint at the start
5271 of the inlined function; the current frame will be the
5273 if (w
== NULL
|| w
->cond_exp_valid_block
== NULL
)
5274 select_frame (get_current_frame ());
5277 struct frame_info
*frame
;
5279 /* For local watchpoint expressions, which particular
5280 instance of a local is being watched matters, so we
5281 keep track of the frame to evaluate the expression
5282 in. To evaluate the condition however, it doesn't
5283 really matter which instantiation of the function
5284 where the condition makes sense triggers the
5285 watchpoint. This allows an expression like "watch
5286 global if q > 10" set in `func', catch writes to
5287 global on all threads that call `func', or catch
5288 writes on all recursive calls of `func' by a single
5289 thread. We simply always evaluate the condition in
5290 the innermost frame that's executing where it makes
5291 sense to evaluate the condition. It seems
5293 frame
= block_innermost_frame (w
->cond_exp_valid_block
);
5295 select_frame (frame
);
5297 within_current_scope
= 0;
5299 if (within_current_scope
)
5303 condition_result
= breakpoint_cond_eval (cond
);
5305 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
5307 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
5308 "Error in testing breakpoint condition:\n");
5313 warning (_("Watchpoint condition cannot be tested "
5314 "in the current scope"));
5315 /* If we failed to set the right context for this
5316 watchpoint, unconditionally report it. */
5318 /* FIXME-someday, should give breakpoint #. */
5319 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
5322 if (cond
&& !condition_result
)
5326 else if (b
->ignore_count
> 0)
5330 /* Increase the hit count even though we don't stop. */
5332 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5336 /* Returns true if we need to track moribund locations of LOC's type
5337 on the current target. */
5340 need_moribund_for_location_type (struct bp_location
*loc
)
5342 return ((loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
5343 && !target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ())
5344 || (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
5345 && !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ()));
5348 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5351 build_bpstat_chain (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
5352 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
5354 bpstat
*bs_head
= nullptr, **bs_link
= &bs_head
;
5356 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5358 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
5361 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5363 /* For hardware watchpoints, we look only at the first
5364 location. The watchpoint_check function will work on the
5365 entire expression, not the individual locations. For
5366 read watchpoints, the watchpoints_triggered function has
5367 checked all locations already. */
5368 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
&& bl
!= b
->loc
)
5371 if (!bl
->enabled
|| bl
->disabled_by_cond
|| bl
->shlib_disabled
)
5374 if (!bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
5377 /* Come here if it's a watchpoint, or if the break address
5380 bpstat
*bs
= new bpstat (bl
, &bs_link
); /* Alloc a bpstat to
5383 /* Assume we stop. Should we find a watchpoint that is not
5384 actually triggered, or if the condition of the breakpoint
5385 evaluates as false, we'll reset 'stop' to 0. */
5389 /* If this is a scope breakpoint, mark the associated
5390 watchpoint as triggered so that we will handle the
5391 out-of-scope event. We'll get to the watchpoint next
5393 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
&& b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
5395 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
->related_breakpoint
;
5397 w
->watchpoint_triggered
= watch_triggered_yes
;
5402 /* Check if a moribund breakpoint explains the stop. */
5403 if (!target_supports_stopped_by_sw_breakpoint ()
5404 || !target_supports_stopped_by_hw_breakpoint ())
5406 for (bp_location
*loc
: moribund_locations
)
5408 if (breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, bp_addr
)
5409 && need_moribund_for_location_type (loc
))
5411 bpstat
*bs
= new bpstat (loc
, &bs_link
);
5412 /* For hits of moribund locations, we should just proceed. */
5415 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5423 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5426 bpstat_stop_status (const address_space
*aspace
,
5427 CORE_ADDR bp_addr
, thread_info
*thread
,
5428 const target_waitstatus
&ws
,
5431 struct breakpoint
*b
= NULL
;
5432 /* First item of allocated bpstat's. */
5433 bpstat
*bs_head
= stop_chain
;
5435 int need_remove_insert
;
5438 /* First, build the bpstat chain with locations that explain a
5439 target stop, while being careful to not set the target running,
5440 as that may invalidate locations (in particular watchpoint
5441 locations are recreated). Resuming will happen here with
5442 breakpoint conditions or watchpoint expressions that include
5443 inferior function calls. */
5444 if (bs_head
== NULL
)
5445 bs_head
= build_bpstat_chain (aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
5447 /* A bit of special processing for shlib breakpoints. We need to
5448 process solib loading here, so that the lists of loaded and
5449 unloaded libraries are correct before we handle "catch load" and
5451 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5453 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
&& bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
5455 handle_solib_event ();
5460 /* Now go through the locations that caused the target to stop, and
5461 check whether we're interested in reporting this stop to higher
5462 layers, or whether we should resume the target transparently. */
5466 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5471 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5472 b
->ops
->check_status (bs
);
5475 bpstat_check_breakpoint_conditions (bs
, thread
);
5481 /* We will stop here. */
5482 if (b
->disposition
== disp_disable
)
5484 --(b
->enable_count
);
5485 if (b
->enable_count
<= 0)
5486 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
5489 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
5492 bs
->commands
= b
->commands
;
5493 if (command_line_is_silent (bs
->commands
5494 ? bs
->commands
.get () : NULL
))
5497 b
->ops
->after_condition_true (bs
);
5502 /* Print nothing for this entry if we don't stop or don't
5504 if (!bs
->stop
|| !bs
->print
)
5505 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
5508 /* If we aren't stopping, the value of some hardware watchpoint may
5509 not have changed, but the intermediate memory locations we are
5510 watching may have. Don't bother if we're stopping; this will get
5512 need_remove_insert
= 0;
5513 if (! bpstat_causes_stop (bs_head
))
5514 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5516 && bs
->breakpoint_at
5517 && is_hardware_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
))
5519 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5521 update_watchpoint (w
, 0 /* don't reparse. */);
5522 need_remove_insert
= 1;
5525 if (need_remove_insert
)
5526 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
5527 else if (removed_any
)
5528 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
5534 handle_jit_event (CORE_ADDR address
)
5536 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
;
5538 infrun_debug_printf ("handling bp_jit_event");
5540 /* Switch terminal for any messages produced by
5541 breakpoint_re_set. */
5542 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
5544 gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (get_current_frame ());
5545 /* This event is caused by a breakpoint set in `jit_breakpoint_re_set`,
5546 thus it is expected that its objectfile can be found through
5547 minimal symbol lookup. If it doesn't work (and assert fails), it
5548 most likely means that `jit_breakpoint_re_set` was changes and this
5549 function needs to be updated too. */
5550 bound_minimal_symbol jit_bp_sym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (address
);
5551 gdb_assert (jit_bp_sym
.objfile
!= nullptr);
5552 jit_event_handler (gdbarch
, jit_bp_sym
.objfile
);
5554 target_terminal::inferior ();
5557 /* Prepare WHAT final decision for infrun. */
5559 /* Decide what infrun needs to do with this bpstat. */
5562 bpstat_what (bpstat
*bs_head
)
5564 struct bpstat_what retval
;
5567 retval
.main_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5568 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_NONE
;
5569 retval
.is_longjmp
= false;
5571 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5573 /* Extract this BS's action. After processing each BS, we check
5574 if its action overrides all we've seem so far. */
5575 enum bpstat_what_main_action this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5578 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== NULL
)
5580 /* I suspect this can happen if it was a momentary
5581 breakpoint which has since been deleted. */
5585 bptype
= bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
;
5592 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
5593 case bp_single_step
:
5596 case bp_shlib_event
:
5600 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5602 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5605 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5608 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
5609 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
5610 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
5614 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5616 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5620 /* There was a watchpoint, but we're not stopping.
5621 This requires no further action. */
5625 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
5629 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SET_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5630 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
!= bp_exception
;
5633 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5635 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
5636 case bp_exception_resume
:
5639 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_CLEAR_LONGJMP_RESUME
;
5640 retval
.is_longjmp
= bptype
== bp_longjmp_resume
;
5643 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5645 case bp_step_resume
:
5647 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STEP_RESUME
;
5650 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5651 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5654 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
5656 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_HP_STEP_RESUME
;
5659 /* It is for the wrong frame. */
5660 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5663 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
5664 case bp_thread_event
:
5665 case bp_overlay_event
:
5666 case bp_longjmp_master
:
5667 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
5668 case bp_exception_master
:
5669 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5675 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_NOISY
;
5677 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5681 /* Some catchpoints are implemented with breakpoints.
5682 For those, we need to step over the breakpoint. */
5683 if (bs
->bp_location_at
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
)
5684 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5688 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5691 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5692 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5693 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STACK_DUMMY
;
5694 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5696 case bp_std_terminate
:
5697 /* Make sure the action is stop (silent or noisy),
5698 so infrun.c pops the dummy frame. */
5699 retval
.call_dummy
= STOP_STD_TERMINATE
;
5700 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5703 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
5704 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
5705 /* Tracepoint hits should not be reported back to GDB, and
5706 if one got through somehow, it should have been filtered
5708 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5709 _("bpstat_what: tracepoint encountered"));
5711 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5712 /* Step over it (and insert bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return). */
5713 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5715 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5716 /* The breakpoint will be removed, execution will restart from the
5717 PC of the former breakpoint. */
5718 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_KEEP_CHECKING
;
5723 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_STOP_SILENT
;
5725 this_action
= BPSTAT_WHAT_SINGLE
;
5729 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5730 _("bpstat_what: unhandled bptype %d"), (int) bptype
);
5733 retval
.main_action
= std::max (retval
.main_action
, this_action
);
5740 bpstat_run_callbacks (bpstat
*bs_head
)
5744 for (bs
= bs_head
; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5746 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
5753 handle_jit_event (bs
->bp_location_at
->address
);
5755 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
5756 gnu_ifunc_resolver_stop (b
);
5758 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
5759 gnu_ifunc_resolver_return_stop (b
);
5765 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5768 bpstat_should_step ()
5770 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
5771 if (breakpoint_enabled (b
) && b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& b
->loc
!= NULL
)
5777 /* See breakpoint.h. */
5780 bpstat_causes_stop (bpstat
*bs
)
5782 for (; bs
!= NULL
; bs
= bs
->next
)
5791 /* Compute a number of spaces suitable to indent the next line
5792 so it starts at the position corresponding to the table column
5793 named COL_NAME in the currently active table of UIOUT. */
5796 wrap_indent_at_field (struct ui_out
*uiout
, const char *col_name
)
5798 int i
, total_width
, width
, align
;
5802 for (i
= 1; uiout
->query_table_field (i
, &width
, &align
, &text
); i
++)
5804 if (strcmp (text
, col_name
) == 0)
5807 total_width
+= width
+ 1;
5813 /* Determine if the locations of this breakpoint will have their conditions
5814 evaluated by the target, host or a mix of both. Returns the following:
5816 "host": Host evals condition.
5817 "host or target": Host or Target evals condition.
5818 "target": Target evals condition.
5822 bp_condition_evaluator (struct breakpoint
*b
)
5824 char host_evals
= 0;
5825 char target_evals
= 0;
5830 if (!is_breakpoint (b
))
5833 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5834 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5835 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5837 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
5839 if (bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5845 if (host_evals
&& target_evals
)
5846 return condition_evaluation_both
;
5847 else if (target_evals
)
5848 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5850 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5853 /* Determine the breakpoint location's condition evaluator. This is
5854 similar to bp_condition_evaluator, but for locations. */
5857 bp_location_condition_evaluator (struct bp_location
*bl
)
5859 if (bl
&& !is_breakpoint (bl
->owner
))
5862 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
5863 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
5864 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5866 if (bl
&& bl
->cond_bytecode
)
5867 return condition_evaluation_target
;
5869 return condition_evaluation_host
;
5872 /* Print the LOC location out of the list of B->LOC locations. */
5875 print_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
5876 struct bp_location
*loc
)
5878 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
5880 scoped_restore_current_program_space restore_pspace
;
5882 if (loc
!= NULL
&& loc
->shlib_disabled
)
5886 set_current_program_space (loc
->pspace
);
5888 if (b
->display_canonical
)
5889 uiout
->field_string ("what", event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5890 else if (loc
&& loc
->symtab
)
5892 const struct symbol
*sym
= loc
->symbol
;
5896 uiout
->text ("in ");
5897 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
5898 function_name_style
.style ());
5900 uiout
->wrap_hint (wrap_indent_at_field (uiout
, "what"));
5901 uiout
->text ("at ");
5903 uiout
->field_string ("file",
5904 symtab_to_filename_for_display (loc
->symtab
),
5905 file_name_style
.style ());
5908 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
5909 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
));
5911 uiout
->field_signed ("line", loc
->line_number
);
5917 print_address_symbolic (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
, &stb
,
5919 uiout
->field_stream ("at", stb
);
5923 uiout
->field_string ("pending",
5924 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
5925 /* If extra_string is available, it could be holding a condition
5926 or dprintf arguments. In either case, make sure it is printed,
5927 too, but only for non-MI streams. */
5928 if (!uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
5930 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
5934 uiout
->text (b
->extra_string
.get ());
5938 if (loc
&& is_breakpoint (b
)
5939 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode () == condition_evaluation_target
5940 && bp_condition_evaluator (b
) == condition_evaluation_both
)
5943 uiout
->field_string ("evaluated-by",
5944 bp_location_condition_evaluator (loc
));
5950 bptype_string (enum bptype type
)
5952 struct ep_type_description
5955 const char *description
;
5957 static struct ep_type_description bptypes
[] =
5959 {bp_none
, "?deleted?"},
5960 {bp_breakpoint
, "breakpoint"},
5961 {bp_hardware_breakpoint
, "hw breakpoint"},
5962 {bp_single_step
, "sw single-step"},
5963 {bp_until
, "until"},
5964 {bp_finish
, "finish"},
5965 {bp_watchpoint
, "watchpoint"},
5966 {bp_hardware_watchpoint
, "hw watchpoint"},
5967 {bp_read_watchpoint
, "read watchpoint"},
5968 {bp_access_watchpoint
, "acc watchpoint"},
5969 {bp_longjmp
, "longjmp"},
5970 {bp_longjmp_resume
, "longjmp resume"},
5971 {bp_longjmp_call_dummy
, "longjmp for call dummy"},
5972 {bp_exception
, "exception"},
5973 {bp_exception_resume
, "exception resume"},
5974 {bp_step_resume
, "step resume"},
5975 {bp_hp_step_resume
, "high-priority step resume"},
5976 {bp_watchpoint_scope
, "watchpoint scope"},
5977 {bp_call_dummy
, "call dummy"},
5978 {bp_std_terminate
, "std::terminate"},
5979 {bp_shlib_event
, "shlib events"},
5980 {bp_thread_event
, "thread events"},
5981 {bp_overlay_event
, "overlay events"},
5982 {bp_longjmp_master
, "longjmp master"},
5983 {bp_std_terminate_master
, "std::terminate master"},
5984 {bp_exception_master
, "exception master"},
5985 {bp_catchpoint
, "catchpoint"},
5986 {bp_tracepoint
, "tracepoint"},
5987 {bp_fast_tracepoint
, "fast tracepoint"},
5988 {bp_static_tracepoint
, "static tracepoint"},
5989 {bp_dprintf
, "dprintf"},
5990 {bp_jit_event
, "jit events"},
5991 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver"},
5992 {bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
, "STT_GNU_IFUNC resolver return"},
5995 if (((int) type
>= (sizeof (bptypes
) / sizeof (bptypes
[0])))
5996 || ((int) type
!= bptypes
[(int) type
].type
))
5997 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
5998 _("bptypes table does not describe type #%d."),
6001 return bptypes
[(int) type
].description
;
6004 /* For MI, output a field named 'thread-groups' with a list as the value.
6005 For CLI, prefix the list with the string 'inf'. */
6008 output_thread_groups (struct ui_out
*uiout
,
6009 const char *field_name
,
6010 const std::vector
<int> &inf_nums
,
6013 int is_mi
= uiout
->is_mi_like_p ();
6015 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6016 there are several. Always display them for MI. */
6017 if (!is_mi
&& mi_only
)
6020 ui_out_emit_list
list_emitter (uiout
, field_name
);
6022 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< inf_nums
.size (); i
++)
6028 xsnprintf (mi_group
, sizeof (mi_group
), "i%d", inf_nums
[i
]);
6029 uiout
->field_string (NULL
, mi_group
);
6034 uiout
->text (" inf ");
6038 uiout
->text (plongest (inf_nums
[i
]));
6043 /* Print B to gdb_stdout. If RAW_LOC, print raw breakpoint locations
6044 instead of going via breakpoint_ops::print_one. This makes "maint
6045 info breakpoints" show the software breakpoint locations of
6046 catchpoints, which are considered internal implementation
6050 print_one_breakpoint_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6051 struct bp_location
*loc
,
6053 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6054 int allflag
, bool raw_loc
)
6056 struct command_line
*l
;
6057 static char bpenables
[] = "nynny";
6059 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6060 int header_of_multiple
= 0;
6061 int part_of_multiple
= (loc
!= NULL
);
6062 struct value_print_options opts
;
6064 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6066 gdb_assert (!loc
|| loc_number
!= 0);
6067 /* See comment in print_one_breakpoint concerning treatment of
6068 breakpoints with single disabled location. */
6071 && (b
->loc
->next
!= NULL
6072 || !b
->loc
->enabled
|| b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
)))
6073 header_of_multiple
= 1;
6081 if (part_of_multiple
)
6082 uiout
->field_fmt ("number", "%d.%d", b
->number
, loc_number
);
6084 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
6088 if (part_of_multiple
)
6089 uiout
->field_skip ("type");
6091 uiout
->field_string ("type", bptype_string (b
->type
));
6095 if (part_of_multiple
)
6096 uiout
->field_skip ("disp");
6098 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
6102 /* For locations that are disabled because of an invalid condition,
6103 display "N*" on CLI, where "*" refers to a footnote below the
6104 table. For MI, simply display a "N" without a footnote. */
6105 const char *N
= (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ()) ? "N" : "N*";
6106 if (part_of_multiple
)
6107 uiout
->field_string ("enabled", (loc
->disabled_by_cond
? N
6108 : (loc
->enabled
? "y" : "n")));
6110 uiout
->field_fmt ("enabled", "%c", bpenables
[(int) b
->enable_state
]);
6113 if (!raw_loc
&& b
->ops
!= NULL
&& b
->ops
->print_one
!= NULL
)
6114 b
->ops
->print_one (b
, last_loc
);
6117 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6119 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6121 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns
6122 not line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect
6123 is relatively readable). */
6124 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6125 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
6127 uiout
->field_string ("what", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6129 else if (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6130 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6132 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6135 if (header_of_multiple
)
6136 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<MULTIPLE>",
6137 metadata_style
.style ());
6138 else if (b
->loc
== NULL
|| loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6139 uiout
->field_string ("addr", "<PENDING>",
6140 metadata_style
.style ());
6142 uiout
->field_core_addr ("addr",
6143 loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
6146 if (!header_of_multiple
)
6147 print_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
);
6153 if (loc
!= NULL
&& !header_of_multiple
)
6155 std::vector
<int> inf_nums
;
6158 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
6160 if (inf
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
)
6161 inf_nums
.push_back (inf
->num
);
6164 /* For backward compatibility, don't display inferiors in CLI unless
6165 there are several. Always display for MI. */
6167 || (!gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6168 && (program_spaces
.size () > 1
6169 || number_of_inferiors () > 1)
6170 /* LOC is for existing B, it cannot be in
6171 moribund_locations and thus having NULL OWNER. */
6172 && loc
->owner
->type
!= bp_catchpoint
))
6174 output_thread_groups (uiout
, "thread-groups", inf_nums
, mi_only
);
6177 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6179 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6181 /* FIXME: This seems to be redundant and lost here; see the
6182 "stop only in" line a little further down. */
6183 uiout
->text (" thread ");
6184 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6186 else if (b
->task
!= 0)
6188 uiout
->text (" task ");
6189 uiout
->field_signed ("task", b
->task
);
6195 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6196 b
->ops
->print_one_detail (b
, uiout
);
6198 if (part_of_multiple
&& frame_id_p (b
->frame_id
))
6201 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in stack frame at ");
6202 /* FIXME: cagney/2002-12-01: Shouldn't be poking around inside
6204 uiout
->field_core_addr ("frame",
6205 b
->gdbarch
, b
->frame_id
.stack_addr
);
6209 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->cond_string
)
6212 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6213 uiout
->text ("\ttrace only if ");
6215 uiout
->text ("\tstop only if ");
6216 uiout
->field_string ("cond", b
->cond_string
.get ());
6218 /* Print whether the target is doing the breakpoint's condition
6219 evaluation. If GDB is doing the evaluation, don't print anything. */
6220 if (is_breakpoint (b
)
6221 && breakpoint_condition_evaluation_mode ()
6222 == condition_evaluation_target
)
6224 uiout
->message (" (%pF evals)",
6225 string_field ("evaluated-by",
6226 bp_condition_evaluator (b
)));
6231 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->thread
!= -1)
6233 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6234 uiout
->text ("\tstop only in thread ");
6235 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6236 uiout
->field_signed ("thread", b
->thread
);
6239 struct thread_info
*thr
= find_thread_global_id (b
->thread
);
6241 uiout
->field_string ("thread", print_thread_id (thr
));
6246 if (!part_of_multiple
)
6250 /* FIXME should make an annotation for this. */
6251 if (is_catchpoint (b
))
6252 uiout
->text ("\tcatchpoint");
6253 else if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6254 uiout
->text ("\ttracepoint");
6256 uiout
->text ("\tbreakpoint");
6257 uiout
->text (" already hit ");
6258 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6259 if (b
->hit_count
== 1)
6260 uiout
->text (" time\n");
6262 uiout
->text (" times\n");
6266 /* Output the count also if it is zero, but only if this is mi. */
6267 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6268 uiout
->field_signed ("times", b
->hit_count
);
6272 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->ignore_count
)
6275 uiout
->message ("\tignore next %pF hits\n",
6276 signed_field ("ignore", b
->ignore_count
));
6279 /* Note that an enable count of 1 corresponds to "enable once"
6280 behavior, which is reported by the combination of enablement and
6281 disposition, so we don't need to mention it here. */
6282 if (!part_of_multiple
&& b
->enable_count
> 1)
6285 uiout
->text ("\tdisable after ");
6286 /* Tweak the wording to clarify that ignore and enable counts
6287 are distinct, and have additive effect. */
6288 if (b
->ignore_count
)
6289 uiout
->text ("additional ");
6291 uiout
->text ("next ");
6292 uiout
->field_signed ("enable", b
->enable_count
);
6293 uiout
->text (" hits\n");
6296 if (!part_of_multiple
&& is_tracepoint (b
))
6298 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6300 if (tp
->traceframe_usage
)
6302 uiout
->text ("\ttrace buffer usage ");
6303 uiout
->field_signed ("traceframe-usage", tp
->traceframe_usage
);
6304 uiout
->text (" bytes\n");
6308 l
= b
->commands
? b
->commands
.get () : NULL
;
6309 if (!part_of_multiple
&& l
)
6312 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, "script");
6313 print_command_lines (uiout
, l
, 4);
6316 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
6318 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
6320 if (!part_of_multiple
&& t
->pass_count
)
6322 annotate_field (10);
6323 uiout
->text ("\tpass count ");
6324 uiout
->field_signed ("pass", t
->pass_count
);
6325 uiout
->text (" \n");
6328 /* Don't display it when tracepoint or tracepoint location is
6330 if (!header_of_multiple
&& loc
!= NULL
&& !loc
->shlib_disabled
)
6332 annotate_field (11);
6334 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6335 uiout
->field_string ("installed",
6336 loc
->inserted
? "y" : "n");
6342 uiout
->text ("\tnot ");
6343 uiout
->text ("installed on target\n");
6348 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && !part_of_multiple
)
6350 if (is_watchpoint (b
))
6352 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
6354 uiout
->field_string ("original-location", w
->exp_string
.get ());
6356 else if (b
->location
!= NULL
6357 && event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()) != NULL
)
6358 uiout
->field_string ("original-location",
6359 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
6363 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6365 bool fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
= false;
6368 print_one_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6369 struct bp_location
**last_loc
,
6372 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6373 bool use_fixed_output
6374 = (uiout
->test_flags (fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output
)
6375 || fix_multi_location_breakpoint_output_globally
);
6377 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> bkpt_tuple_emitter (gdb::in_place
, uiout
, "bkpt");
6378 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, NULL
, 0, last_loc
, allflag
, false);
6380 /* The mi2 broken format: the main breakpoint tuple ends here, the locations
6382 if (!use_fixed_output
)
6383 bkpt_tuple_emitter
.reset ();
6385 /* If this breakpoint has custom print function,
6386 it's already printed. Otherwise, print individual
6387 locations, if any. */
6389 || b
->ops
->print_one
== NULL
6392 /* If breakpoint has a single location that is disabled, we
6393 print it as if it had several locations, since otherwise it's
6394 hard to represent "breakpoint enabled, location disabled"
6397 Note that while hardware watchpoints have several locations
6398 internally, that's not a property exposed to users.
6400 Likewise, while catchpoints may be implemented with
6401 breakpoints (e.g., catch throw), that's not a property
6402 exposed to users. We do however display the internal
6403 breakpoint locations with "maint info breakpoints". */
6404 if (!is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
6405 && (!is_catchpoint (b
) || is_exception_catchpoint (b
)
6406 || is_ada_exception_catchpoint (b
))
6408 || (b
->loc
&& (b
->loc
->next
6410 || b
->loc
->disabled_by_cond
))))
6412 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_list
> locations_list
;
6414 /* For MI version <= 2, keep the behavior where GDB outputs an invalid
6415 MI record. For later versions, place breakpoint locations in a
6417 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p () && use_fixed_output
)
6418 locations_list
.emplace (uiout
, "locations");
6421 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6423 ui_out_emit_tuple
loc_tuple_emitter (uiout
, NULL
);
6424 print_one_breakpoint_location (b
, loc
, n
, last_loc
,
6433 breakpoint_address_bits (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6435 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6437 /* Software watchpoints that aren't watching memory don't have an
6438 address to print. */
6439 if (is_no_memory_software_watchpoint (b
))
6442 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6446 addr_bit
= gdbarch_addr_bit (loc
->gdbarch
);
6447 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6448 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6451 return print_address_bits
;
6454 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6457 print_breakpoint (breakpoint
*b
)
6459 struct bp_location
*dummy_loc
= NULL
;
6460 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &dummy_loc
, 0);
6463 /* Return true if this breakpoint was set by the user, false if it is
6464 internal or momentary. */
6467 user_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6469 return b
->number
> 0;
6472 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6475 pending_breakpoint_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
6477 return b
->loc
== NULL
;
6480 /* Print information on breakpoints (including watchpoints and tracepoints).
6482 If non-NULL, BP_NUM_LIST is a list of numbers and number ranges as
6483 understood by number_or_range_parser. Only breakpoints included in this
6484 list are then printed.
6486 If SHOW_INTERNAL is true, print internal breakpoints.
6488 If FILTER is non-NULL, call it on each breakpoint and only include the
6489 ones for which it returns true.
6491 Return the total number of breakpoints listed. */
6494 breakpoint_1 (const char *bp_num_list
, bool show_internal
,
6495 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
6497 struct bp_location
*last_loc
= NULL
;
6498 int nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6499 struct value_print_options opts
;
6500 int print_address_bits
= 0;
6501 int print_type_col_width
= 14;
6502 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6503 bool has_disabled_by_cond_location
= false;
6505 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
6507 /* Compute the number of rows in the table, as well as the size
6508 required for address fields. */
6509 nr_printable_breakpoints
= 0;
6510 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6512 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6513 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6516 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6517 accept. Skip the others. */
6518 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6520 if (show_internal
&& parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6522 if (!show_internal
&& !number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6526 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6528 int addr_bit
, type_len
;
6530 addr_bit
= breakpoint_address_bits (b
);
6531 if (addr_bit
> print_address_bits
)
6532 print_address_bits
= addr_bit
;
6534 type_len
= strlen (bptype_string (b
->type
));
6535 if (type_len
> print_type_col_width
)
6536 print_type_col_width
= type_len
;
6538 nr_printable_breakpoints
++;
6543 ui_out_emit_table
table_emitter (uiout
,
6544 opts
.addressprint
? 6 : 5,
6545 nr_printable_breakpoints
,
6548 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6549 annotate_breakpoints_headers ();
6550 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6552 uiout
->table_header (7, ui_left
, "number", "Num"); /* 1 */
6553 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6555 uiout
->table_header (print_type_col_width
, ui_left
, "type", "Type"); /* 2 */
6556 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6558 uiout
->table_header (4, ui_left
, "disp", "Disp"); /* 3 */
6559 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6561 uiout
->table_header (3, ui_left
, "enabled", "Enb"); /* 4 */
6562 if (opts
.addressprint
)
6564 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6566 if (print_address_bits
<= 32)
6567 uiout
->table_header (10, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6569 uiout
->table_header (18, ui_left
, "addr", "Address"); /* 5 */
6571 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6573 uiout
->table_header (40, ui_noalign
, "what", "What"); /* 6 */
6574 uiout
->table_body ();
6575 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
> 0)
6576 annotate_breakpoints_table ();
6578 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6581 /* If we have a filter, only list the breakpoints it accepts. */
6582 if (filter
&& !filter (b
))
6585 /* If we have a BP_NUM_LIST string, it is a list of breakpoints to
6586 accept. Skip the others. */
6588 if (bp_num_list
!= NULL
&& *bp_num_list
!= '\0')
6590 if (show_internal
) /* maintenance info breakpoint */
6592 if (parse_and_eval_long (bp_num_list
) != b
->number
)
6595 else /* all others */
6597 if (!number_is_in_list (bp_num_list
, b
->number
))
6601 /* We only print out user settable breakpoints unless the
6602 show_internal is set. */
6603 if (show_internal
|| user_breakpoint_p (b
))
6605 print_one_breakpoint (b
, &last_loc
, show_internal
);
6606 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
6607 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
)
6608 has_disabled_by_cond_location
= true;
6613 if (nr_printable_breakpoints
== 0)
6615 /* If there's a filter, let the caller decide how to report
6619 if (bp_num_list
== NULL
|| *bp_num_list
== '\0')
6620 uiout
->message ("No breakpoints or watchpoints.\n");
6622 uiout
->message ("No breakpoint or watchpoint matching '%s'.\n",
6628 if (last_loc
&& !server_command
)
6629 set_next_address (last_loc
->gdbarch
, last_loc
->address
);
6631 if (has_disabled_by_cond_location
&& !uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
6632 uiout
->message (_("(*): Breakpoint condition is invalid at this "
6636 /* FIXME? Should this be moved up so that it is only called when
6637 there have been breakpoints? */
6638 annotate_breakpoints_table_end ();
6640 return nr_printable_breakpoints
;
6643 /* Display the value of default-collect in a way that is generally
6644 compatible with the breakpoint list. */
6647 default_collect_info (void)
6649 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6651 /* If it has no value (which is frequently the case), say nothing; a
6652 message like "No default-collect." gets in user's face when it's
6654 if (default_collect
.empty ())
6657 /* The following phrase lines up nicely with per-tracepoint collect
6659 uiout
->text ("default collect ");
6660 uiout
->field_string ("default-collect", default_collect
);
6661 uiout
->text (" \n");
6665 info_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6667 breakpoint_1 (args
, false, NULL
);
6669 default_collect_info ();
6673 info_watchpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6675 int num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_watchpoint
);
6676 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
6678 if (num_printed
== 0)
6680 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
6681 uiout
->message ("No watchpoints.\n");
6683 uiout
->message ("No watchpoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
6688 maintenance_info_breakpoints (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
6690 breakpoint_1 (args
, true, NULL
);
6692 default_collect_info ();
6696 breakpoint_has_pc (struct breakpoint
*b
,
6697 struct program_space
*pspace
,
6698 CORE_ADDR pc
, struct obj_section
*section
)
6700 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
6702 if (bl
->pspace
== pspace
6703 && bl
->address
== pc
6704 && (!overlay_debugging
|| bl
->section
== section
))
6710 /* Print a message describing any user-breakpoints set at PC. This
6711 concerns with logical breakpoints, so we match program spaces, not
6715 describe_other_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6716 struct program_space
*pspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
6717 struct obj_section
*section
, int thread
)
6721 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6722 others
+= (user_breakpoint_p (b
)
6723 && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
));
6728 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoint "));
6729 else /* if (others == ???) */
6730 printf_filtered (_("Note: breakpoints "));
6731 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
6732 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
) && breakpoint_has_pc (b
, pspace
, pc
, section
))
6735 printf_filtered ("%d", b
->number
);
6736 if (b
->thread
== -1 && thread
!= -1)
6737 printf_filtered (" (all threads)");
6738 else if (b
->thread
!= -1)
6739 printf_filtered (" (thread %d)", b
->thread
);
6740 printf_filtered ("%s%s ",
6741 ((b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
6742 || b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
6746 : ((others
== 1) ? " and" : ""));
6748 current_uiout
->message (_("also set at pc %ps.\n"),
6749 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
6750 paddress (gdbarch
, pc
)));
6755 /* Return true iff it is meaningful to use the address member of LOC.
6756 For some breakpoint types, the locations' address members are
6757 irrelevant and it makes no sense to attempt to compare them to
6758 other addresses (or use them for any other purpose either).
6760 More specifically, software watchpoints and catchpoints that are
6761 not backed by breakpoints always have a zero valued location
6762 address and we don't want to mark breakpoints of any of these types
6763 to be a duplicate of an actual breakpoint location at address
6767 bl_address_is_meaningful (bp_location
*loc
)
6769 return loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_other
;
6772 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's owners are hardware watchpoints, returns
6773 true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same watchpoint location. */
6776 watchpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6777 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6779 struct watchpoint
*w1
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc1
->owner
;
6780 struct watchpoint
*w2
= (struct watchpoint
*) loc2
->owner
;
6782 /* Both of them must exist. */
6783 gdb_assert (w1
!= NULL
);
6784 gdb_assert (w2
!= NULL
);
6786 /* If the target can evaluate the condition expression in hardware,
6787 then we we need to insert both watchpoints even if they are at
6788 the same place. Otherwise the watchpoint will only trigger when
6789 the condition of whichever watchpoint was inserted evaluates to
6790 true, not giving a chance for GDB to check the condition of the
6791 other watchpoint. */
6793 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc1
->address
,
6795 loc1
->watchpoint_type
,
6796 w1
->cond_exp
.get ()))
6798 && target_can_accel_watchpoint_condition (loc2
->address
,
6800 loc2
->watchpoint_type
,
6801 w2
->cond_exp
.get ())))
6804 /* Note that this checks the owner's type, not the location's. In
6805 case the target does not support read watchpoints, but does
6806 support access watchpoints, we'll have bp_read_watchpoint
6807 watchpoints with hw_access locations. Those should be considered
6808 duplicates of hw_read locations. The hw_read locations will
6809 become hw_access locations later. */
6810 return (loc1
->owner
->type
== loc2
->owner
->type
6811 && loc1
->pspace
->aspace
== loc2
->pspace
->aspace
6812 && loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
6813 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6816 /* See breakpoint.h. */
6819 breakpoint_address_match (const address_space
*aspace1
, CORE_ADDR addr1
,
6820 const address_space
*aspace2
, CORE_ADDR addr2
)
6822 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6823 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6827 /* Returns true if {ASPACE2,ADDR2} falls within the range determined by
6828 {ASPACE1,ADDR1,LEN1}. In most targets, this can only be true if ASPACE1
6829 matches ASPACE2. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address
6830 space doesn't really matter. */
6833 breakpoint_address_match_range (const address_space
*aspace1
,
6835 int len1
, const address_space
*aspace2
,
6838 return ((gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6839 || aspace1
== aspace2
)
6840 && addr2
>= addr1
&& addr2
< addr1
+ len1
);
6843 /* Returns true if {ASPACE,ADDR} matches the breakpoint BL. BL may be
6844 a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a match happens only if ASPACE
6845 matches the breakpoint's address space. On targets that have global
6846 breakpoints, the address space doesn't really matter. */
6849 breakpoint_location_address_match (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6850 const address_space
*aspace
,
6853 return (breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
6856 && breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
,
6857 bl
->address
, bl
->length
,
6861 /* Returns true if the [ADDR,ADDR+LEN) range in ASPACE overlaps
6862 breakpoint BL. BL may be a ranged breakpoint. In most targets, a
6863 match happens only if ASPACE matches the breakpoint's address
6864 space. On targets that have global breakpoints, the address space
6865 doesn't really matter. */
6868 breakpoint_location_address_range_overlap (struct bp_location
*bl
,
6869 const address_space
*aspace
,
6870 CORE_ADDR addr
, int len
)
6872 if (gdbarch_has_global_breakpoints (target_gdbarch ())
6873 || bl
->pspace
->aspace
== aspace
)
6875 int bl_len
= bl
->length
!= 0 ? bl
->length
: 1;
6877 if (mem_ranges_overlap (addr
, len
, bl
->address
, bl_len
))
6883 /* If LOC1 and LOC2's owners are not tracepoints, returns false directly.
6884 Then, if LOC1 and LOC2 represent the same tracepoint location, returns
6885 true, otherwise returns false. */
6888 tracepoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6889 struct bp_location
*loc2
)
6891 if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) && is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6892 /* Since tracepoint locations are never duplicated with others', tracepoint
6893 locations at the same address of different tracepoints are regarded as
6894 different locations. */
6895 return (loc1
->address
== loc2
->address
&& loc1
->owner
== loc2
->owner
);
6900 /* Assuming LOC1 and LOC2's types' have meaningful target addresses
6901 (bl_address_is_meaningful), returns true if LOC1 and LOC2 represent
6902 the same location. If SW_HW_BPS_MATCH is true, then software
6903 breakpoint locations and hardware breakpoint locations match,
6904 otherwise they don't. */
6907 breakpoint_locations_match (struct bp_location
*loc1
,
6908 struct bp_location
*loc2
,
6909 bool sw_hw_bps_match
)
6911 int hw_point1
, hw_point2
;
6913 /* Both of them must not be in moribund_locations. */
6914 gdb_assert (loc1
->owner
!= NULL
);
6915 gdb_assert (loc2
->owner
!= NULL
);
6917 hw_point1
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc1
->owner
);
6918 hw_point2
= is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
);
6920 if (hw_point1
!= hw_point2
)
6923 return watchpoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6924 else if (is_tracepoint (loc1
->owner
) || is_tracepoint (loc2
->owner
))
6925 return tracepoint_locations_match (loc1
, loc2
);
6927 /* We compare bp_location.length in order to cover ranged
6928 breakpoints. Keep this in sync with
6929 bp_location_is_less_than. */
6930 return (breakpoint_address_match (loc1
->pspace
->aspace
, loc1
->address
,
6931 loc2
->pspace
->aspace
, loc2
->address
)
6932 && (loc1
->loc_type
== loc2
->loc_type
|| sw_hw_bps_match
)
6933 && loc1
->length
== loc2
->length
);
6937 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (CORE_ADDR from_addr
, CORE_ADDR to_addr
,
6938 int bnum
, int have_bnum
)
6940 /* The longest string possibly returned by hex_string_custom
6941 is 50 chars. These must be at least that big for safety. */
6945 strcpy (astr1
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) from_addr
, 8));
6946 strcpy (astr2
, hex_string_custom ((unsigned long) to_addr
, 8));
6948 warning (_("Breakpoint %d address previously adjusted from %s to %s."),
6949 bnum
, astr1
, astr2
);
6951 warning (_("Breakpoint address adjusted from %s to %s."), astr1
, astr2
);
6954 /* Adjust a breakpoint's address to account for architectural
6955 constraints on breakpoint placement. Return the adjusted address.
6956 Note: Very few targets require this kind of adjustment. For most
6957 targets, this function is simply the identity function. */
6960 adjust_breakpoint_address (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
6961 CORE_ADDR bpaddr
, enum bptype bptype
)
6963 if (bptype
== bp_watchpoint
6964 || bptype
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
6965 || bptype
== bp_read_watchpoint
6966 || bptype
== bp_access_watchpoint
6967 || bptype
== bp_catchpoint
)
6969 /* Watchpoints and the various bp_catch_* eventpoints should not
6970 have their addresses modified. */
6973 else if (bptype
== bp_single_step
)
6975 /* Single-step breakpoints should not have their addresses
6976 modified. If there's any architectural constrain that
6977 applies to this address, then it should have already been
6978 taken into account when the breakpoint was created in the
6979 first place. If we didn't do this, stepping through e.g.,
6980 Thumb-2 IT blocks would break. */
6985 CORE_ADDR adjusted_bpaddr
= bpaddr
;
6987 if (gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address_p (gdbarch
))
6989 /* Some targets have architectural constraints on the placement
6990 of breakpoint instructions. Obtain the adjusted address. */
6991 adjusted_bpaddr
= gdbarch_adjust_breakpoint_address (gdbarch
, bpaddr
);
6994 adjusted_bpaddr
= address_significant (gdbarch
, adjusted_bpaddr
);
6996 /* An adjusted breakpoint address can significantly alter
6997 a user's expectations. Print a warning if an adjustment
6999 if (adjusted_bpaddr
!= bpaddr
)
7000 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bpaddr
, adjusted_bpaddr
, 0, 0);
7002 return adjusted_bpaddr
;
7007 bp_location_from_bp_type (bptype type
)
7012 case bp_single_step
:
7016 case bp_longjmp_resume
:
7017 case bp_longjmp_call_dummy
:
7019 case bp_exception_resume
:
7020 case bp_step_resume
:
7021 case bp_hp_step_resume
:
7022 case bp_watchpoint_scope
:
7024 case bp_std_terminate
:
7025 case bp_shlib_event
:
7026 case bp_thread_event
:
7027 case bp_overlay_event
:
7029 case bp_longjmp_master
:
7030 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
7031 case bp_exception_master
:
7032 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
7033 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver_return
:
7035 return bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
7036 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
7037 return bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
7038 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
7039 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
7040 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
7041 return bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
;
7045 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
7046 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
7047 return bp_loc_other
;
7049 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
, _("unknown breakpoint type"));
7053 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
, bp_loc_type type
)
7055 this->owner
= owner
;
7056 this->cond_bytecode
= NULL
;
7057 this->shlib_disabled
= 0;
7059 this->disabled_by_cond
= false;
7061 this->loc_type
= type
;
7063 if (this->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
7064 || this->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
7065 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (this);
7070 bp_location::bp_location (breakpoint
*owner
)
7071 : bp_location::bp_location (owner
,
7072 bp_location_from_bp_type (owner
->type
))
7076 /* Allocate a struct bp_location. */
7078 static struct bp_location
*
7079 allocate_bp_location (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
7081 return bpt
->ops
->allocate_location (bpt
);
7084 /* Decrement reference count. If the reference count reaches 0,
7085 destroy the bp_location. Sets *BLP to NULL. */
7088 decref_bp_location (struct bp_location
**blp
)
7090 bp_location_ref_policy::decref (*blp
);
7094 /* Add breakpoint B at the end of the global breakpoint chain. */
7097 add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&b
)
7099 struct breakpoint
*b1
;
7100 struct breakpoint
*result
= b
.get ();
7102 /* Add this breakpoint to the end of the chain so that a list of
7103 breakpoints will come out in order of increasing numbers. */
7105 b1
= breakpoint_chain
;
7107 breakpoint_chain
= b
.release ();
7112 b1
->next
= b
.release ();
7118 /* Initializes breakpoint B with type BPTYPE and no locations yet. */
7121 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7122 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7124 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7126 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
7130 b
->gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
7131 b
->language
= current_language
->la_language
;
7132 b
->input_radix
= input_radix
;
7133 b
->related_breakpoint
= b
;
7136 /* Helper to set_raw_breakpoint below. Creates a breakpoint
7137 that has type BPTYPE and has no locations as yet. */
7139 static struct breakpoint
*
7140 set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7142 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7144 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7146 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7147 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7150 /* Initialize loc->function_name. */
7153 set_breakpoint_location_function (struct bp_location
*loc
)
7155 gdb_assert (loc
->owner
!= NULL
);
7157 if (loc
->owner
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7158 || loc
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
7159 || is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
7161 const char *function_name
;
7163 if (loc
->msymbol
!= NULL
7164 && (MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_text_gnu_ifunc
7165 || MSYMBOL_TYPE (loc
->msymbol
) == mst_data_gnu_ifunc
))
7167 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7169 function_name
= loc
->msymbol
->linkage_name ();
7171 if (b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& b
->loc
== loc
7172 && loc
->next
== NULL
&& b
->related_breakpoint
== b
)
7174 /* Create only the whole new breakpoint of this type but do not
7175 mess more complicated breakpoints with multiple locations. */
7176 b
->type
= bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
;
7177 /* Remember the resolver's address for use by the return
7179 loc
->related_address
= loc
->address
;
7183 find_pc_partial_function (loc
->address
, &function_name
, NULL
, NULL
);
7186 loc
->function_name
= make_unique_xstrdup (function_name
);
7190 /* Attempt to determine architecture of location identified by SAL. */
7192 get_sal_arch (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
7195 return sal
.section
->objfile
->arch ();
7197 return sal
.symtab
->objfile ()->arch ();
7202 /* Low level routine for partially initializing a breakpoint of type
7203 BPTYPE. The newly created breakpoint's address, section, source
7204 file name, and line number are provided by SAL.
7206 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7207 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7208 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. */
7211 init_raw_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7212 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7213 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7215 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
, gdbarch
, bptype
, ops
);
7217 add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
7219 if (bptype
!= bp_catchpoint
)
7220 gdb_assert (sal
.pspace
!= NULL
);
7222 /* Store the program space that was used to set the breakpoint,
7223 except for ordinary breakpoints, which are independent of the
7225 if (bptype
!= bp_breakpoint
&& bptype
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7226 b
->pspace
= sal
.pspace
;
7229 /* set_raw_breakpoint is a low level routine for allocating and
7230 partially initializing a breakpoint of type BPTYPE. The newly
7231 created breakpoint's address, section, source file name, and line
7232 number are provided by SAL. The newly created and partially
7233 initialized breakpoint is added to the breakpoint chain and
7234 is also returned as the value of this function.
7236 It is expected that the caller will complete the initialization of
7237 the newly created breakpoint struct as well as output any status
7238 information regarding the creation of a new breakpoint. In
7239 particular, set_raw_breakpoint does NOT set the breakpoint
7240 number! Care should be taken to not allow an error to occur
7241 prior to completing the initialization of the breakpoint. If this
7242 should happen, a bogus breakpoint will be left on the chain. */
7244 static struct breakpoint
*
7245 set_raw_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
7246 struct symtab_and_line sal
, enum bptype bptype
,
7247 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7249 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (bptype
);
7251 init_raw_breakpoint (b
.get (), gdbarch
, sal
, bptype
, ops
);
7252 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
7255 /* Call this routine when stepping and nexting to enable a breakpoint
7256 if we do a longjmp() or 'throw' in TP. FRAME is the frame which
7257 initiated the operation. */
7260 set_longjmp_breakpoint (struct thread_info
*tp
, struct frame_id frame
)
7262 int thread
= tp
->global_num
;
7264 /* To avoid having to rescan all objfile symbols at every step,
7265 we maintain a list of continually-inserted but always disabled
7266 longjmp "master" breakpoints. Here, we simply create momentary
7267 clones of those and enable them for the requested thread. */
7268 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7269 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7270 && (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
7271 || b
->type
== bp_exception_master
))
7273 enum bptype type
= b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
? bp_longjmp
: bp_exception
;
7274 struct breakpoint
*clone
;
7276 /* longjmp_breakpoint_ops ensures INITIATING_FRAME is cleared again
7277 after their removal. */
7278 clone
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, type
,
7279 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7280 clone
->thread
= thread
;
7283 tp
->initiating_frame
= frame
;
7286 /* Delete all longjmp breakpoints from THREAD. */
7288 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (int thread
)
7290 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7291 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7293 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7294 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7299 delete_longjmp_breakpoint_at_next_stop (int thread
)
7301 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7302 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp
|| b
->type
== bp_exception
)
7304 if (b
->thread
== thread
)
7305 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7309 /* Place breakpoints of type bp_longjmp_call_dummy to catch longjmp for
7310 INFERIOR_PTID thread. Chain them all by RELATED_BREAKPOINT and return
7311 pointer to any of them. Return NULL if this system cannot place longjmp
7315 set_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (void)
7317 breakpoint
*retval
= nullptr;
7319 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7320 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
&& b
->type
== bp_longjmp_master
)
7322 struct breakpoint
*new_b
;
7324 new_b
= momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_longjmp_call_dummy
,
7325 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
,
7327 new_b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
7329 /* Link NEW_B into the chain of RETVAL breakpoints. */
7331 gdb_assert (new_b
->related_breakpoint
== new_b
);
7334 new_b
->related_breakpoint
= retval
;
7335 while (retval
->related_breakpoint
!= new_b
->related_breakpoint
)
7336 retval
= retval
->related_breakpoint
;
7337 retval
->related_breakpoint
= new_b
;
7343 /* Verify all existing dummy frames and their associated breakpoints for
7344 TP. Remove those which can no longer be found in the current frame
7347 If the unwind fails then there is not sufficient information to discard
7348 dummy frames. In this case, elide the clean up and the dummy frames will
7349 be cleaned up next time this function is called from a location where
7350 unwinding is possible. */
7353 check_longjmp_breakpoint_for_call_dummy (struct thread_info
*tp
)
7355 struct breakpoint
*b
, *b_tmp
;
7357 ALL_BREAKPOINTS_SAFE (b
, b_tmp
)
7358 if (b
->type
== bp_longjmp_call_dummy
&& b
->thread
== tp
->global_num
)
7360 struct breakpoint
*dummy_b
= b
->related_breakpoint
;
7362 /* Find the bp_call_dummy breakpoint in the list of breakpoints
7363 chained off b->related_breakpoint. */
7364 while (dummy_b
!= b
&& dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
)
7365 dummy_b
= dummy_b
->related_breakpoint
;
7367 /* If there was no bp_call_dummy breakpoint then there's nothing
7368 more to do. Or, if the dummy frame associated with the
7369 bp_call_dummy is still on the stack then we need to leave this
7370 bp_call_dummy in place. */
7371 if (dummy_b
->type
!= bp_call_dummy
7372 || frame_find_by_id (dummy_b
->frame_id
) != NULL
)
7375 /* We didn't find the dummy frame on the stack, this could be
7376 because we have longjmp'd to a stack frame that is previous to
7377 the dummy frame, or it could be because the stack unwind is
7378 broken at some point between the longjmp frame and the dummy
7381 Next we figure out why the stack unwind stopped. If it looks
7382 like the unwind is complete then we assume the dummy frame has
7383 been jumped over, however, if the unwind stopped for an
7384 unexpected reason then we assume the stack unwind is currently
7385 broken, and that we will (eventually) return to the dummy
7388 It might be tempting to consider using frame_id_inner here, but
7389 that is not safe. There is no guarantee that the stack frames
7390 we are looking at here are even on the same stack as the
7391 original dummy frame, hence frame_id_inner can't be used. See
7392 the comments on frame_id_inner for more details. */
7393 bool unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= false;
7394 for (struct frame_info
*fi
= get_current_frame (); fi
!= nullptr; )
7396 struct frame_info
*prev
= get_prev_frame (fi
);
7397 if (prev
== nullptr)
7399 /* FI is the last stack frame. Why did this frame not
7401 auto stop_reason
= get_frame_unwind_stop_reason (fi
);
7402 if (stop_reason
!= UNWIND_NO_REASON
7403 && stop_reason
!= UNWIND_OUTERMOST
)
7404 unwind_finished_unexpectedly
= true;
7408 if (unwind_finished_unexpectedly
)
7411 dummy_frame_discard (dummy_b
->frame_id
, tp
);
7413 while (b
->related_breakpoint
!= b
)
7415 if (b_tmp
== b
->related_breakpoint
)
7416 b_tmp
= b
->related_breakpoint
->next
;
7417 delete_breakpoint (b
->related_breakpoint
);
7419 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7424 enable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7426 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7427 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7429 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7430 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7431 overlay_events_enabled
= 1;
7436 disable_overlay_breakpoints (void)
7438 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7439 if (b
->type
== bp_overlay_event
)
7441 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
7442 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
7443 overlay_events_enabled
= 0;
7447 /* Set an active std::terminate breakpoint for each std::terminate
7448 master breakpoint. */
7450 set_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7452 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7453 if (b
->pspace
== current_program_space
7454 && b
->type
== bp_std_terminate_master
)
7456 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (b
, bp_std_terminate
,
7457 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
, 1);
7461 /* Delete all the std::terminate breakpoints. */
7463 delete_std_terminate_breakpoint (void)
7465 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7466 if (b
->type
== bp_std_terminate
)
7467 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7471 create_thread_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7473 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7475 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_thread_event
,
7476 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7478 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
7479 /* location has to be used or breakpoint_re_set will delete me. */
7480 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
7482 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7487 struct lang_and_radix
7493 /* Create a breakpoint for JIT code registration and unregistration. */
7496 create_jit_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7498 return create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_jit_event
,
7499 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7502 /* Remove JIT code registration and unregistration breakpoint(s). */
7505 remove_jit_event_breakpoints (void)
7507 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7508 if (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7509 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7510 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7514 remove_solib_event_breakpoints (void)
7516 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7517 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7518 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7519 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7522 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7525 remove_solib_event_breakpoints_at_next_stop (void)
7527 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
7528 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
7529 && b
->loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
)
7530 b
->disposition
= disp_del_at_next_stop
;
7533 /* Helper for create_solib_event_breakpoint /
7534 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint. Allows specifying which
7535 INSERT_MODE to pass through to update_global_location_list. */
7537 static struct breakpoint
*
7538 create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
,
7539 enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
7541 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7543 b
= create_internal_breakpoint (gdbarch
, address
, bp_shlib_event
,
7544 &internal_breakpoint_ops
);
7545 update_global_location_list_nothrow (insert_mode
);
7550 create_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7552 return create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7555 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7558 create_and_insert_solib_event_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR address
)
7560 struct breakpoint
*b
;
7562 /* Explicitly tell update_global_location_list to insert
7564 b
= create_solib_event_breakpoint_1 (gdbarch
, address
, UGLL_INSERT
);
7565 if (!b
->loc
->inserted
)
7567 delete_breakpoint (b
);
7573 /* Disable any breakpoints that are on code in shared libraries. Only
7574 apply to enabled breakpoints, disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7577 disable_breakpoints_in_shlibs (void)
7579 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7581 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7582 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7584 /* We apply the check to all breakpoints, including disabled for
7585 those with loc->duplicate set. This is so that when breakpoint
7586 becomes enabled, or the duplicate is removed, gdb will try to
7587 insert all breakpoints. If we don't set shlib_disabled here,
7588 we'll try to insert those breakpoints and fail. */
7589 if (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
7590 || (b
->type
== bp_jit_event
)
7591 || (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7592 || (is_tracepoint (b
)))
7593 && loc
->pspace
== current_program_space
7594 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7595 && solib_name_from_address (loc
->pspace
, loc
->address
)
7598 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7603 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints that are in SOLIB upon
7604 notification of unloaded_shlib. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7605 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7608 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib (struct so_list
*solib
)
7610 int disabled_shlib_breaks
= 0;
7612 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
7614 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always non-NULL. */
7615 struct breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
7617 if (solib
->pspace
== loc
->pspace
7618 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
7619 && (((b
->type
== bp_breakpoint
7620 || b
->type
== bp_jit_event
7621 || b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
7622 && (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7623 || loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
))
7624 || is_tracepoint (b
))
7625 && solib_contains_address_p (solib
, loc
->address
))
7627 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7628 /* At this point, we cannot rely on remove_breakpoint
7629 succeeding so we must mark the breakpoint as not inserted
7630 to prevent future errors occurring in remove_breakpoints. */
7633 /* This may cause duplicate notifications for the same breakpoint. */
7634 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7636 if (!disabled_shlib_breaks
)
7638 target_terminal::ours_for_output ();
7639 warning (_("Temporarily disabling breakpoints "
7640 "for unloaded shared library \"%s\""),
7643 disabled_shlib_breaks
= 1;
7648 /* Disable any breakpoints and tracepoints in OBJFILE upon
7649 notification of free_objfile. Only apply to enabled breakpoints,
7650 disabled ones can just stay disabled. */
7653 disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
7655 if (objfile
== NULL
)
7658 /* OBJF_SHARED|OBJF_USERLOADED objfiles are dynamic modules manually
7659 managed by the user with add-symbol-file/remove-symbol-file.
7660 Similarly to how breakpoints in shared libraries are handled in
7661 response to "nosharedlibrary", mark breakpoints in such modules
7662 shlib_disabled so they end up uninserted on the next global
7663 location list update. Shared libraries not loaded by the user
7664 aren't handled here -- they're already handled in
7665 disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib, called by solib.c's
7666 solib_unloaded observer. We skip objfiles that are not
7667 OBJF_SHARED as those aren't considered dynamic objects (e.g. the
7669 if ((objfile
->flags
& OBJF_SHARED
) == 0
7670 || (objfile
->flags
& OBJF_USERLOADED
) == 0)
7673 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7675 int bp_modified
= 0;
7677 if (!is_breakpoint (b
) && !is_tracepoint (b
))
7680 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
7682 CORE_ADDR loc_addr
= loc
->address
;
7684 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7685 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7688 if (loc
->shlib_disabled
!= 0)
7691 if (objfile
->pspace
!= loc
->pspace
)
7694 if (loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
7695 && loc
->loc_type
!= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
)
7698 if (is_addr_in_objfile (loc_addr
, objfile
))
7700 loc
->shlib_disabled
= 1;
7701 /* At this point, we don't know whether the object was
7702 unmapped from the inferior or not, so leave the
7703 inserted flag alone. We'll handle failure to
7704 uninsert quietly, in case the object was indeed
7707 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
7714 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
7718 /* An instance of this type is used to represent an solib catchpoint.
7719 A breakpoint is really of this type iff its ops pointer points to
7720 CATCH_SOLIB_BREAKPOINT_OPS. */
7722 struct solib_catchpoint
: public breakpoint
7724 /* True for "catch load", false for "catch unload". */
7727 /* Regular expression to match, if any. COMPILED is only valid when
7728 REGEX is non-NULL. */
7729 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> regex
;
7730 std::unique_ptr
<compiled_regex
> compiled
;
7734 insert_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
)
7740 remove_catch_solib (struct bp_location
*ignore
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
7746 breakpoint_hit_catch_solib (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
7747 const address_space
*aspace
,
7749 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
7751 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
7753 if (ws
.kind () == TARGET_WAITKIND_LOADED
)
7756 for (breakpoint
*other
: all_breakpoints ())
7758 if (other
== bl
->owner
)
7761 if (other
->type
!= bp_shlib_event
)
7764 if (self
->pspace
!= NULL
&& other
->pspace
!= self
->pspace
)
7767 for (bp_location
*other_bl
: other
->locations ())
7769 if (other
->ops
->breakpoint_hit (other_bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
))
7778 check_status_catch_solib (struct bpstat
*bs
)
7780 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
7781 = (struct solib_catchpoint
*) bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7785 for (so_list
*iter
: current_program_space
->added_solibs
)
7788 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
->so_name
, 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7794 for (const std::string
&iter
: current_program_space
->deleted_solibs
)
7797 || self
->compiled
->exec (iter
.c_str (), 0, NULL
, 0) == 0)
7803 bs
->print_it
= print_it_noop
;
7806 static enum print_stop_action
7807 print_it_catch_solib (bpstat
*bs
)
7809 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
7810 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7812 annotate_catchpoint (b
->number
);
7813 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
7814 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
7815 uiout
->text ("Temporary catchpoint ");
7817 uiout
->text ("Catchpoint ");
7818 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
7820 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7821 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
7822 print_solib_event (1);
7823 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
7827 print_one_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct bp_location
**locs
)
7829 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7830 struct value_print_options opts
;
7831 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
7833 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
7834 /* Field 4, the address, is omitted (which makes the columns not
7835 line up too nicely with the headers, but the effect is relatively
7837 if (opts
.addressprint
)
7840 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
7848 msg
= string_printf (_("load of library matching %s"),
7849 self
->regex
.get ());
7851 msg
= _("load of library");
7856 msg
= string_printf (_("unload of library matching %s"),
7857 self
->regex
.get ());
7859 msg
= _("unload of library");
7861 uiout
->field_string ("what", msg
);
7863 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
7864 uiout
->field_string ("catch-type", self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7868 print_mention_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
)
7870 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7872 printf_filtered (_("Catchpoint %d (%s)"), b
->number
,
7873 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7877 print_recreate_catch_solib (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
7879 struct solib_catchpoint
*self
= (struct solib_catchpoint
*) b
;
7881 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "%s %s",
7882 b
->disposition
== disp_del
? "tcatch" : "catch",
7883 self
->is_load
? "load" : "unload");
7885 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", self
->regex
.get ());
7886 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
7889 static struct breakpoint_ops catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
7891 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7894 add_solib_catchpoint (const char *arg
, bool is_load
, bool is_temp
, bool enabled
)
7896 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
= get_current_arch ();
7900 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
7902 std::unique_ptr
<solib_catchpoint
> c (new solib_catchpoint ());
7906 c
->compiled
.reset (new compiled_regex (arg
, REG_NOSUB
,
7907 _("Invalid regexp")));
7908 c
->regex
= make_unique_xstrdup (arg
);
7911 c
->is_load
= is_load
;
7912 init_catchpoint (c
.get (), gdbarch
, is_temp
, NULL
,
7913 &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
);
7915 c
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
7917 install_breakpoint (0, std::move (c
), 1);
7920 /* A helper function that does all the work for "catch load" and
7924 catch_load_or_unload (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int is_load
,
7925 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7927 const int enabled
= 1;
7928 bool temp
= command
->context () == CATCH_TEMPORARY
;
7930 add_solib_catchpoint (arg
, is_load
, temp
, enabled
);
7934 catch_load_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7935 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7937 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 1, command
);
7941 catch_unload_command_1 (const char *arg
, int from_tty
,
7942 struct cmd_list_element
*command
)
7944 catch_load_or_unload (arg
, from_tty
, 0, command
);
7947 /* See breakpoint.h. */
7950 init_catchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
7951 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, bool temp
,
7952 const char *cond_string
,
7953 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
)
7955 symtab_and_line sal
;
7956 sal
.pspace
= current_program_space
;
7958 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
7960 if (cond_string
== nullptr)
7961 b
->cond_string
.reset ();
7963 b
->cond_string
= make_unique_xstrdup (cond_string
);
7964 b
->disposition
= temp
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
7968 install_breakpoint (int internal
, std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> &&arg
, int update_gll
)
7970 breakpoint
*b
= add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (arg
));
7971 set_breakpoint_number (internal
, b
);
7972 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
7973 set_tracepoint_count (breakpoint_count
);
7976 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
7979 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
7983 hw_breakpoint_used_count (void)
7987 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
7988 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
&& breakpoint_enabled (b
))
7989 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
7991 /* Special types of hardware breakpoints may use more than
7993 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
7999 /* Returns the resources B would use if it were a hardware
8003 hw_watchpoint_use_count (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8007 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8010 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
8012 /* Special types of hardware watchpoints may use more than
8014 i
+= b
->ops
->resources_needed (bl
);
8020 /* Returns the sum the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of
8021 type TYPE in the breakpoints list. Also returns in OTHER_TYPE_USED
8022 the sum of the used resources of all hardware watchpoints of other
8023 types _not_ TYPE. */
8026 hw_watchpoint_used_count_others (struct breakpoint
*except
,
8027 enum bptype type
, int *other_type_used
)
8031 *other_type_used
= 0;
8032 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8036 if (!breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8039 if (b
->type
== type
)
8040 i
+= hw_watchpoint_use_count (b
);
8041 else if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
))
8042 *other_type_used
= 1;
8049 disable_watchpoints_before_interactive_call_start (void)
8051 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8052 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && breakpoint_enabled (b
))
8054 b
->enable_state
= bp_call_disabled
;
8055 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8060 enable_watchpoints_after_interactive_call_stop (void)
8062 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8063 if (is_watchpoint (b
) && b
->enable_state
== bp_call_disabled
)
8065 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8066 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8071 disable_breakpoints_before_startup (void)
8073 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 1;
8074 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8078 enable_breakpoints_after_startup (void)
8080 current_program_space
->executing_startup
= 0;
8081 breakpoint_re_set ();
8084 /* Create a new single-step breakpoint for thread THREAD, with no
8087 static struct breakpoint
*
8088 new_single_step_breakpoint (int thread
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
8090 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b (new breakpoint ());
8092 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, bp_single_step
,
8093 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8095 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8096 b
->frame_id
= null_frame_id
;
8099 gdb_assert (b
->thread
!= 0);
8101 return add_to_breakpoint_chain (std::move (b
));
8104 /* Set a momentary breakpoint of type TYPE at address specified by
8105 SAL. If FRAME_ID is valid, the breakpoint is restricted to that
8109 set_momentary_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, struct symtab_and_line sal
,
8110 struct frame_id frame_id
, enum bptype type
)
8112 struct breakpoint
*b
;
8114 /* If FRAME_ID is valid, it should be a real frame, not an inlined or
8116 gdb_assert (!frame_id_artificial_p (frame_id
));
8118 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, type
, &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
8119 b
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8120 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8121 b
->frame_id
= frame_id
;
8123 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
8125 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
8127 return breakpoint_up (b
);
8130 /* Make a momentary breakpoint based on the master breakpoint ORIG.
8131 The new breakpoint will have type TYPE, use OPS as its
8132 breakpoint_ops, and will set enabled to LOC_ENABLED. */
8134 static struct breakpoint
*
8135 momentary_breakpoint_from_master (struct breakpoint
*orig
,
8137 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8140 struct breakpoint
*copy
;
8142 copy
= set_raw_breakpoint_without_location (orig
->gdbarch
, type
, ops
);
8143 copy
->loc
= allocate_bp_location (copy
);
8144 set_breakpoint_location_function (copy
->loc
);
8146 copy
->loc
->gdbarch
= orig
->loc
->gdbarch
;
8147 copy
->loc
->requested_address
= orig
->loc
->requested_address
;
8148 copy
->loc
->address
= orig
->loc
->address
;
8149 copy
->loc
->section
= orig
->loc
->section
;
8150 copy
->loc
->pspace
= orig
->loc
->pspace
;
8151 copy
->loc
->probe
= orig
->loc
->probe
;
8152 copy
->loc
->line_number
= orig
->loc
->line_number
;
8153 copy
->loc
->symtab
= orig
->loc
->symtab
;
8154 copy
->loc
->enabled
= loc_enabled
;
8155 copy
->frame_id
= orig
->frame_id
;
8156 copy
->thread
= orig
->thread
;
8157 copy
->pspace
= orig
->pspace
;
8159 copy
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
8160 copy
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
8161 copy
->number
= internal_breakpoint_number
--;
8163 update_global_location_list_nothrow (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
8167 /* Make a deep copy of momentary breakpoint ORIG. Returns NULL if
8171 clone_momentary_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*orig
)
8173 /* If there's nothing to clone, then return nothing. */
8177 return momentary_breakpoint_from_master (orig
, orig
->type
, orig
->ops
, 0);
8181 set_momentary_breakpoint_at_pc (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8184 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
8186 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8188 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
8189 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8191 return set_momentary_breakpoint (gdbarch
, sal
, null_frame_id
, type
);
8195 /* Tell the user we have just set a breakpoint B. */
8198 mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8200 b
->ops
->print_mention (b
);
8201 current_uiout
->text ("\n");
8205 static bool bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
);
8207 /* Handle "set breakpoint auto-hw on".
8209 If the explicitly specified breakpoint type is not hardware
8210 breakpoint, check the memory map to see whether the breakpoint
8211 address is in read-only memory.
8213 - location type is not hardware breakpoint, memory is read-only.
8214 We change the type of the location to hardware breakpoint.
8216 - location type is hardware breakpoint, memory is read-write. This
8217 means we've previously made the location hardware one, but then the
8218 memory map changed, so we undo.
8222 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (bp_location
*bl
)
8224 if (automatic_hardware_breakpoints
8225 && bl
->owner
->type
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
8226 && (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_software_breakpoint
8227 || bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
))
8229 /* When breakpoints are removed, remove_breakpoints will use
8230 location types we've just set here, the only possible problem
8231 is that memory map has changed during running program, but
8232 it's not going to work anyway with current gdb. */
8233 mem_region
*mr
= lookup_mem_region (bl
->address
);
8237 enum bp_loc_type new_type
;
8239 if (mr
->attrib
.mode
!= MEM_RW
)
8240 new_type
= bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
;
8242 new_type
= bp_loc_software_breakpoint
;
8244 if (new_type
!= bl
->loc_type
)
8246 static bool said
= false;
8248 bl
->loc_type
= new_type
;
8251 printf_filtered (_("Note: automatically using "
8252 "hardware breakpoints for "
8253 "read-only addresses.\n"));
8261 static struct bp_location
*
8262 add_location_to_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
8263 const struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
8265 struct bp_location
*loc
, **tmp
;
8266 CORE_ADDR adjusted_address
;
8267 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (*sal
);
8269 if (loc_gdbarch
== NULL
)
8270 loc_gdbarch
= b
->gdbarch
;
8272 /* Adjust the breakpoint's address prior to allocating a location.
8273 Once we call allocate_bp_location(), that mostly uninitialized
8274 location will be placed on the location chain. Adjustment of the
8275 breakpoint may cause target_read_memory() to be called and we do
8276 not want its scan of the location chain to find a breakpoint and
8277 location that's only been partially initialized. */
8278 adjusted_address
= adjust_breakpoint_address (loc_gdbarch
,
8281 /* Sort the locations by their ADDRESS. */
8282 loc
= allocate_bp_location (b
);
8283 for (tmp
= &(b
->loc
); *tmp
!= NULL
&& (*tmp
)->address
<= adjusted_address
;
8284 tmp
= &((*tmp
)->next
))
8289 loc
->requested_address
= sal
->pc
;
8290 loc
->address
= adjusted_address
;
8291 loc
->pspace
= sal
->pspace
;
8292 loc
->probe
.prob
= sal
->prob
;
8293 loc
->probe
.objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8294 gdb_assert (loc
->pspace
!= NULL
);
8295 loc
->section
= sal
->section
;
8296 loc
->gdbarch
= loc_gdbarch
;
8297 loc
->line_number
= sal
->line
;
8298 loc
->symtab
= sal
->symtab
;
8299 loc
->symbol
= sal
->symbol
;
8300 loc
->msymbol
= sal
->msymbol
;
8301 loc
->objfile
= sal
->objfile
;
8303 set_breakpoint_location_function (loc
);
8305 /* While by definition, permanent breakpoints are already present in the
8306 code, we don't mark the location as inserted. Normally one would expect
8307 that GDB could rely on that breakpoint instruction to stop the program,
8308 thus removing the need to insert its own breakpoint, except that executing
8309 the breakpoint instruction can kill the target instead of reporting a
8310 SIGTRAP. E.g., on SPARC, when interrupts are disabled, executing the
8311 instruction resets the CPU, so QEMU 2.0.0 for SPARC correspondingly dies
8312 with "Trap 0x02 while interrupts disabled, Error state". Letting the
8313 breakpoint be inserted normally results in QEMU knowing about the GDB
8314 breakpoint, and thus trap before the breakpoint instruction is executed.
8315 (If GDB later needs to continue execution past the permanent breakpoint,
8316 it manually increments the PC, thus avoiding executing the breakpoint
8318 if (bp_loc_is_permanent (loc
))
8325 /* Return true if LOC is pointing to a permanent breakpoint,
8326 return false otherwise. */
8329 bp_loc_is_permanent (struct bp_location
*loc
)
8331 gdb_assert (loc
!= NULL
);
8333 /* If we have a non-breakpoint-backed catchpoint or a software
8334 watchpoint, just return 0. We should not attempt to read from
8335 the addresses the locations of these breakpoint types point to.
8336 gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p, below, will attempt to read
8338 if (!bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
))
8341 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
8342 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (loc
->pspace
);
8343 return gdbarch_program_breakpoint_here_p (loc
->gdbarch
, loc
->address
);
8346 /* Build a command list for the dprintf corresponding to the current
8347 settings of the dprintf style options. */
8350 update_dprintf_command_list (struct breakpoint
*b
)
8352 const char *dprintf_args
= b
->extra_string
.get ();
8353 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> printf_line
= nullptr;
8358 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8360 /* Allow a comma, as it may have terminated a location, but don't
8362 if (*dprintf_args
== ',')
8364 dprintf_args
= skip_spaces (dprintf_args
);
8366 if (*dprintf_args
!= '"')
8367 error (_("Bad format string, missing '\"'."));
8369 if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_gdb
) == 0)
8370 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8371 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_call
) == 0)
8373 if (dprintf_function
.empty ())
8374 error (_("No function supplied for dprintf call"));
8376 if (!dprintf_channel
.empty ())
8377 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s,%s)",
8378 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8379 dprintf_channel
.c_str (),
8382 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("call (void) %s (%s)",
8383 dprintf_function
.c_str (),
8386 else if (strcmp (dprintf_style
, dprintf_style_agent
) == 0)
8388 if (target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
8389 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("agent-printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8392 warning (_("Target cannot run dprintf commands, falling back to GDB printf"));
8393 printf_line
= xstrprintf ("printf %s", dprintf_args
);
8397 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
8398 _("Invalid dprintf style."));
8400 gdb_assert (printf_line
!= NULL
);
8402 /* Manufacture a printf sequence. */
8403 struct command_line
*printf_cmd_line
8404 = new struct command_line (simple_control
, printf_line
.release ());
8405 breakpoint_set_commands (b
, counted_command_line (printf_cmd_line
,
8406 command_lines_deleter ()));
8409 /* Update all dprintf commands, making their command lists reflect
8410 current style settings. */
8413 update_dprintf_commands (const char *args
, int from_tty
,
8414 struct cmd_list_element
*c
)
8416 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
8417 if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
8418 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8421 /* Create a breakpoint with SAL as location. Use LOCATION
8422 as a description of the location, and COND_STRING
8423 as condition expression. If LOCATION is NULL then create an
8424 "address location" from the address in the SAL. */
8427 init_breakpoint_sal (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8428 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8429 event_location_up
&&location
,
8430 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8431 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8432 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8433 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8434 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8435 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8436 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8437 int display_canonical
)
8441 if (type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
8443 int target_resources_ok
;
8445 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
8446 target_resources_ok
=
8447 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
8449 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
8450 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
8451 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
8452 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
8455 gdb_assert (!sals
.empty ());
8457 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8459 struct bp_location
*loc
;
8463 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8465 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
8467 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
8468 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, thread
);
8471 if (&sal
== &sals
[0])
8473 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, type
, ops
);
8477 b
->cond_string
= std::move (cond_string
);
8478 b
->extra_string
= std::move (extra_string
);
8479 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
8480 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
8481 b
->disposition
= disposition
;
8483 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8484 b
->loc
->inserted
= 1;
8486 if (type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
8488 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
8489 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
8491 if (strace_marker_p (b
))
8493 /* We already know the marker exists, otherwise, we
8494 wouldn't see a sal for it. */
8496 = &event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ())[3];
8499 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8501 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8503 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.assign (p
, endp
- p
);
8505 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8507 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8509 else if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (sal
.pc
, &marker
))
8511 t
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
8513 printf_filtered (_("Probed static tracepoint "
8515 t
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
8518 warning (_("Couldn't determine the static "
8519 "tracepoint marker to probe"));
8526 loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
8527 if ((flags
& CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
) != 0)
8531 /* Do not set breakpoint locations conditions yet. As locations
8532 are inserted, they get sorted based on their addresses. Let
8533 the list stabilize to have reliable location numbers. */
8535 /* Dynamic printf requires and uses additional arguments on the
8536 command line, otherwise it's an error. */
8537 if (type
== bp_dprintf
)
8539 if (b
->extra_string
)
8540 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
8542 error (_("Format string required"));
8544 else if (b
->extra_string
)
8545 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of command"), b
->extra_string
.get ());
8549 /* The order of the locations is now stable. Set the location
8550 condition using the location's number. */
8552 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
8554 if (b
->cond_string
!= nullptr)
8555 set_breakpoint_location_condition (b
->cond_string
.get (), loc
,
8556 b
->number
, loc_num
);
8561 b
->display_canonical
= display_canonical
;
8562 if (location
!= NULL
)
8563 b
->location
= std::move (location
);
8565 b
->location
= new_address_location (b
->loc
->address
, NULL
, 0);
8566 b
->filter
= std::move (filter
);
8570 create_breakpoint_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8571 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
8572 event_location_up
&&location
,
8573 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter
,
8574 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8575 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8576 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8577 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8578 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8579 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
,
8580 int display_canonical
)
8582 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type
);
8584 init_breakpoint_sal (b
.get (), gdbarch
,
8585 sals
, std::move (location
),
8587 std::move (cond_string
),
8588 std::move (extra_string
),
8590 thread
, task
, ignore_count
,
8592 enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8595 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
8598 /* Add SALS.nelts breakpoints to the breakpoint table. For each
8599 SALS.sal[i] breakpoint, include the corresponding ADDR_STRING[i]
8600 value. COND_STRING, if not NULL, specified the condition to be
8601 used for all breakpoints. Essentially the only case where
8602 SALS.nelts is not 1 is when we set a breakpoint on an overloaded
8603 function. In that case, it's still not possible to specify
8604 separate conditions for different overloaded functions, so
8605 we take just a single condition string.
8607 NOTE: If the function succeeds, the caller is expected to cleanup
8608 the arrays ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING, and SALS (but not the
8609 array contents). If the function fails (error() is called), the
8610 caller is expected to cleanups both the ADDR_STRING, COND_STRING,
8611 COND and SALS arrays and each of those arrays contents. */
8614 create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8615 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
8616 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
8617 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
8618 enum bptype type
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
8619 int thread
, int task
, int ignore_count
,
8620 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
, int from_tty
,
8621 int enabled
, int internal
, unsigned flags
)
8623 if (canonical
->pre_expanded
)
8624 gdb_assert (canonical
->lsals
.size () == 1);
8626 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
->lsals
)
8628 /* Note that 'location' can be NULL in the case of a plain
8629 'break', without arguments. */
8630 event_location_up location
8631 = (canonical
->location
!= NULL
8632 ? copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ()) : NULL
);
8633 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> filter_string
8634 (lsal
.canonical
!= NULL
? xstrdup (lsal
.canonical
) : NULL
);
8636 create_breakpoint_sal (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
,
8637 std::move (location
),
8638 std::move (filter_string
),
8639 std::move (cond_string
),
8640 std::move (extra_string
),
8642 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
8643 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
8644 canonical
->special_display
);
8648 /* Parse LOCATION which is assumed to be a SAL specification possibly
8649 followed by conditionals. On return, SALS contains an array of SAL
8650 addresses found. LOCATION points to the end of the SAL (for
8651 linespec locations).
8653 The array and the line spec strings are allocated on the heap, it is
8654 the caller's responsibility to free them. */
8657 parse_breakpoint_sals (struct event_location
*location
,
8658 struct linespec_result
*canonical
)
8660 struct symtab_and_line cursal
;
8662 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
8664 const char *spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
8668 /* The last displayed codepoint, if it's valid, is our default
8669 breakpoint address. */
8670 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8672 /* Set sal's pspace, pc, symtab, and line to the values
8673 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info.
8674 Be sure to reinitialize LINE with NOTCURRENT == 0
8675 as the breakpoint line number is inappropriate otherwise.
8676 find_pc_line would adjust PC, re-set it back. */
8677 symtab_and_line sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
8678 CORE_ADDR pc
= sal
.pc
;
8680 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
8682 /* "break" without arguments is equivalent to "break *PC"
8683 where PC is the last displayed codepoint's address. So
8684 make sure to set sal.explicit_pc to prevent GDB from
8685 trying to expand the list of sals to include all other
8686 instances with the same symtab and line. */
8688 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
8690 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
8692 lsal
.canonical
= NULL
;
8694 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
8698 error (_("No default breakpoint address now."));
8702 /* Force almost all breakpoints to be in terms of the
8703 current_source_symtab (which is decode_line_1's default).
8704 This should produce the results we want almost all of the
8705 time while leaving default_breakpoint_* alone.
8707 ObjC: However, don't match an Objective-C method name which
8708 may have a '+' or '-' succeeded by a '['. */
8709 cursal
= get_current_source_symtab_and_line ();
8710 if (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ())
8712 const char *spec
= NULL
;
8714 if (event_location_type (location
) == LINESPEC_LOCATION
)
8715 spec
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
8719 && strchr ("+-", spec
[0]) != NULL
8722 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
8723 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
8724 get_last_displayed_line (),
8725 canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8730 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
8731 cursal
.symtab
, cursal
.line
, canonical
, NULL
, NULL
);
8735 /* Convert each SAL into a real PC. Verify that the PC can be
8736 inserted as a breakpoint. If it can't throw an error. */
8739 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
)
8741 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
8742 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
8745 /* Fast tracepoints may have restrictions on valid locations. For
8746 instance, a fast tracepoint using a jump instead of a trap will
8747 likely have to overwrite more bytes than a trap would, and so can
8748 only be placed where the instruction is longer than the jump, or a
8749 multi-instruction sequence does not have a jump into the middle of
8753 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8754 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
)
8756 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
8758 struct gdbarch
*sarch
;
8760 sarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
8761 /* We fall back to GDBARCH if there is no architecture
8762 associated with SAL. */
8766 if (!gdbarch_fast_tracepoint_valid_at (sarch
, sal
.pc
, &msg
))
8767 error (_("May not have a fast tracepoint at %s%s"),
8768 paddress (sarch
, sal
.pc
), msg
.c_str ());
8772 /* Given TOK, a string specification of condition and thread, as
8773 accepted by the 'break' command, extract the condition
8774 string and thread number and set *COND_STRING and *THREAD.
8775 PC identifies the context at which the condition should be parsed.
8776 If no condition is found, *COND_STRING is set to NULL.
8777 If no thread is found, *THREAD is set to -1. */
8780 find_condition_and_thread (const char *tok
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
8781 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
8782 int *thread
, int *task
,
8783 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
8785 cond_string
->reset ();
8793 const char *end_tok
;
8795 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
8796 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
8798 tok
= skip_spaces (tok
);
8800 if ((*tok
== '"' || *tok
== ',') && rest
)
8802 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
8806 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
8808 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
8810 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
8812 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
8815 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, pc
, block_for_pc (pc
), 0);
8817 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
8822 tok
= tok
+ strlen (tok
);
8825 cond_string
->reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
8827 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "-force-condition", toklen
) == 0)
8832 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "thread", toklen
) == 0)
8835 struct thread_info
*thr
;
8838 thr
= parse_thread_id (tok
, &tmptok
);
8840 error (_("Junk after thread keyword."));
8841 *thread
= thr
->global_num
;
8844 else if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "task", toklen
) == 0)
8849 *task
= strtol (tok
, &tmptok
, 0);
8851 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
8852 if (!valid_task_id (*task
))
8853 error (_("Unknown task %d."), *task
);
8858 rest
->reset (savestring (tok
, strlen (tok
)));
8862 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
8866 /* Call 'find_condition_and_thread' for each sal in SALS until a parse
8867 succeeds. The parsed values are written to COND_STRING, THREAD,
8868 TASK, and REST. See the comment of 'find_condition_and_thread'
8869 for the description of these parameters and INPUT. */
8872 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (const std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> &sals
,
8874 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *cond_string
,
8875 int *thread
, int *task
,
8876 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> *rest
)
8878 int num_failures
= 0;
8879 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
8881 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
8884 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> remaining
;
8886 /* Here we want to parse 'arg' to separate condition from thread
8887 number. But because parsing happens in a context and the
8888 contexts of sals might be different, try each until there is
8889 success. Finding one successful parse is sufficient for our
8890 goal. When setting the breakpoint we'll re-parse the
8891 condition in the context of each sal. */
8894 find_condition_and_thread (input
, sal
.pc
, &cond
, &thread_id
,
8895 &task_id
, &remaining
);
8896 *cond_string
= std::move (cond
);
8897 *thread
= thread_id
;
8899 *rest
= std::move (remaining
);
8902 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
8905 /* If no sal remains, do not continue. */
8906 if (num_failures
== sals
.size ())
8912 /* Decode a static tracepoint marker spec. */
8914 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
8915 decode_static_tracepoint_spec (const char **arg_p
)
8917 const char *p
= &(*arg_p
)[3];
8920 p
= skip_spaces (p
);
8922 endp
= skip_to_space (p
);
8924 std::string
marker_str (p
, endp
- p
);
8926 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
8927 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid (marker_str
.c_str ());
8928 if (markers
.empty ())
8929 error (_("No known static tracepoint marker named %s"),
8930 marker_str
.c_str ());
8932 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
8933 sals
.reserve (markers
.size ());
8935 for (const static_tracepoint_marker
&marker
: markers
)
8937 symtab_and_line sal
= find_pc_line (marker
.address
, 0);
8938 sal
.pc
= marker
.address
;
8939 sals
.push_back (sal
);
8946 /* Returns the breakpoint ops appropriate for use with with LOCATION_TYPE and
8947 according to IS_TRACEPOINT. */
8949 static const struct breakpoint_ops
*
8950 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type (enum event_location_type location_type
,
8955 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
8956 return &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
8958 return &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
8962 if (location_type
== PROBE_LOCATION
)
8963 return &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
8965 return &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
8969 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8971 const struct breakpoint_ops
*
8972 breakpoint_ops_for_event_location (const struct event_location
*location
,
8975 if (location
!= nullptr)
8976 return breakpoint_ops_for_event_location_type
8977 (event_location_type (location
), is_tracepoint
);
8978 return is_tracepoint
? &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
: &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
8981 /* See breakpoint.h. */
8984 create_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
8985 struct event_location
*location
,
8986 const char *cond_string
,
8987 int thread
, const char *extra_string
,
8988 bool force_condition
, int parse_extra
,
8989 int tempflag
, enum bptype type_wanted
,
8991 enum auto_boolean pending_break_support
,
8992 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
8993 int from_tty
, int enabled
, int internal
,
8996 struct linespec_result canonical
;
8999 int prev_bkpt_count
= breakpoint_count
;
9001 gdb_assert (ops
!= NULL
);
9003 /* If extra_string isn't useful, set it to NULL. */
9004 if (extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
== '\0')
9005 extra_string
= NULL
;
9009 ops
->create_sals_from_location (location
, &canonical
, type_wanted
);
9011 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
9013 /* If caller is interested in rc value from parse, set
9015 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
9017 /* If pending breakpoint support is turned off, throw
9020 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_FALSE
)
9023 exception_print (gdb_stderr
, e
);
9025 /* If pending breakpoint support is auto query and the user
9026 selects no, then simply return the error code. */
9027 if (pending_break_support
== AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
9028 && !nquery (_("Make %s pending on future shared library load? "),
9029 bptype_string (type_wanted
)))
9032 /* At this point, either the user was queried about setting
9033 a pending breakpoint and selected yes, or pending
9034 breakpoint behavior is on and thus a pending breakpoint
9035 is defaulted on behalf of the user. */
9042 if (!pending
&& canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
9045 /* Resolve all line numbers to PC's and verify that the addresses
9046 are ok for the target. */
9049 for (auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9050 breakpoint_sals_to_pc (lsal
.sals
);
9053 /* Fast tracepoints may have additional restrictions on location. */
9054 if (!pending
&& type_wanted
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
9056 for (const auto &lsal
: canonical
.lsals
)
9057 check_fast_tracepoint_sals (gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
);
9060 /* Verify that condition can be parsed, before setting any
9061 breakpoints. Allocate a separate condition expression for each
9065 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string_copy
;
9066 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string_copy
;
9070 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> rest
;
9071 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond
;
9073 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9075 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (lsal
.sals
, extra_string
,
9076 &cond
, &thread
, &task
, &rest
);
9077 cond_string_copy
= std::move (cond
);
9078 extra_string_copy
= std::move (rest
);
9082 if (type_wanted
!= bp_dprintf
9083 && extra_string
!= NULL
&& *extra_string
!= '\0')
9084 error (_("Garbage '%s' at end of location"), extra_string
);
9086 /* Check the validity of the condition. We should error out
9087 if the condition is invalid at all of the locations and
9088 if it is not forced. In the PARSE_EXTRA case above, this
9089 check is done when parsing the EXTRA_STRING. */
9090 if (cond_string
!= nullptr && !force_condition
)
9092 int num_failures
= 0;
9093 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
9094 for (const auto &sal
: lsal
.sals
)
9096 const char *cond
= cond_string
;
9099 parse_exp_1 (&cond
, sal
.pc
, block_for_pc (sal
.pc
), 0);
9100 /* One success is sufficient to keep going. */
9103 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&)
9106 /* If this is the last sal, error out. */
9107 if (num_failures
== lsal
.sals
.size ())
9113 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9115 cond_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (cond_string
));
9116 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9118 extra_string_copy
.reset (xstrdup (extra_string
));
9121 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, &canonical
,
9122 std::move (cond_string_copy
),
9123 std::move (extra_string_copy
),
9125 tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
,
9126 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
9127 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
);
9131 std::unique_ptr
<breakpoint
> b
= new_breakpoint_from_type (type_wanted
);
9133 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (b
.get (), gdbarch
, type_wanted
, ops
);
9134 b
->location
= copy_event_location (location
);
9137 b
->cond_string
= NULL
;
9140 /* Create a private copy of condition string. */
9141 b
->cond_string
.reset (cond_string
!= NULL
9142 ? xstrdup (cond_string
)
9147 /* Create a private copy of any extra string. */
9148 b
->extra_string
.reset (extra_string
!= NULL
9149 ? xstrdup (extra_string
)
9151 b
->ignore_count
= ignore_count
;
9152 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
9153 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 1;
9154 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
9155 if ((type_wanted
!= bp_breakpoint
9156 && type_wanted
!= bp_hardware_breakpoint
) || thread
!= -1)
9157 b
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
9159 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (b
), 0);
9162 if (canonical
.lsals
.size () > 1)
9164 warning (_("Multiple breakpoints were set.\nUse the "
9165 "\"delete\" command to delete unwanted breakpoints."));
9166 prev_breakpoint_count
= prev_bkpt_count
;
9169 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9174 /* Set a breakpoint.
9175 ARG is a string describing breakpoint address,
9176 condition, and thread.
9177 FLAG specifies if a breakpoint is hardware on,
9178 and if breakpoint is temporary, using BP_HARDWARE_FLAG
9182 break_command_1 (const char *arg
, int flag
, int from_tty
)
9184 int tempflag
= flag
& BP_TEMPFLAG
;
9185 enum bptype type_wanted
= (flag
& BP_HARDWAREFLAG
9186 ? bp_hardware_breakpoint
9189 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9190 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
9191 (location
.get (), false /* is_tracepoint */);
9193 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9195 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9196 tempflag
, type_wanted
,
9197 0 /* Ignore count */,
9198 pending_break_support
,
9206 /* Helper function for break_command_1 and disassemble_command. */
9209 resolve_sal_pc (struct symtab_and_line
*sal
)
9213 if (sal
->pc
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9215 if (!find_line_pc (sal
->symtab
, sal
->line
, &pc
))
9216 error (_("No line %d in file \"%s\"."),
9217 sal
->line
, symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal
->symtab
));
9220 /* If this SAL corresponds to a breakpoint inserted using a line
9221 number, then skip the function prologue if necessary. */
9222 if (sal
->explicit_line
)
9223 skip_prologue_sal (sal
);
9226 if (sal
->section
== 0 && sal
->symtab
!= NULL
)
9228 const struct blockvector
*bv
;
9229 const struct block
*b
;
9232 bv
= blockvector_for_pc_sect (sal
->pc
, 0, &b
,
9233 sal
->symtab
->compunit ());
9236 sym
= block_linkage_function (b
);
9239 fixup_symbol_section (sym
, sal
->symtab
->objfile ());
9240 sal
->section
= sym
->obj_section (sal
->symtab
->objfile ());
9244 /* It really is worthwhile to have the section, so we'll
9245 just have to look harder. This case can be executed
9246 if we have line numbers but no functions (as can
9247 happen in assembly source). */
9249 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
9250 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
->pspace
);
9252 bound_minimal_symbol msym
= lookup_minimal_symbol_by_pc (sal
->pc
);
9254 sal
->section
= msym
.obj_section ();
9261 break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9263 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9267 tbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9269 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_TEMPFLAG
, from_tty
);
9273 hbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9275 break_command_1 (arg
, BP_HARDWAREFLAG
, from_tty
);
9279 thbreak_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9281 break_command_1 (arg
, (BP_TEMPFLAG
| BP_HARDWAREFLAG
), from_tty
);
9285 stop_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9287 printf_filtered (_("Specify the type of breakpoint to set.\n\
9288 Usage: stop in <function | address>\n\
9289 stop at <line>\n"));
9293 stopin_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9299 else if (*arg
!= '*')
9301 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9304 /* Look for a ':'. If this is a line number specification, then
9305 say it is bad, otherwise, it should be an address or
9306 function/method name. */
9307 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9309 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9314 badInput
= (*argptr
!= ':'); /* Not a class::method */
9316 badInput
= isdigit (*arg
); /* a simple line number */
9320 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop in <function | address>\n"));
9322 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9326 stopat_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9330 if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== '*') /* no line number */
9334 const char *argptr
= arg
;
9337 /* Look for a ':'. If there is a '::' then get out, otherwise
9338 it is probably a line number. */
9339 while (*argptr
&& !hasColon
)
9341 hasColon
= (*argptr
== ':');
9346 badInput
= (*argptr
== ':'); /* we have class::method */
9348 badInput
= !isdigit (*arg
); /* not a line number */
9352 printf_filtered (_("Usage: stop at LINE\n"));
9354 break_command_1 (arg
, 0, from_tty
);
9357 /* The dynamic printf command is mostly like a regular breakpoint, but
9358 with a prewired command list consisting of a single output command,
9359 built from extra arguments supplied on the dprintf command
9363 dprintf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9365 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
9367 /* If non-NULL, ARG should have been advanced past the location;
9368 the next character must be ','. */
9371 if (arg
[0] != ',' || arg
[1] == '\0')
9372 error (_("Format string required"));
9375 /* Skip the comma. */
9380 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
9382 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
9384 0 /* Ignore count */,
9385 pending_break_support
,
9386 &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
,
9394 agent_printf_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9396 error (_("May only run agent-printf on the target"));
9399 /* Implement the "breakpoint_hit" breakpoint_ops method for
9400 ranged breakpoints. */
9403 breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9404 const address_space
*aspace
,
9406 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
9408 if (ws
.kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
9409 || ws
.sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9412 return breakpoint_address_match_range (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
9413 bl
->length
, aspace
, bp_addr
);
9416 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9417 ranged breakpoints. */
9420 resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9422 return target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9425 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
9426 ranged breakpoints. */
9428 static enum print_stop_action
9429 print_it_ranged_breakpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
9431 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9432 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9433 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9435 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9437 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9438 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9440 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
9442 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9444 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
9445 uiout
->text ("Temporary ranged breakpoint ");
9447 uiout
->text ("Ranged breakpoint ");
9448 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9450 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
9451 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
9452 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
9454 uiout
->field_signed ("bkptno", b
->number
);
9457 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
9460 /* Implement the "print_one" breakpoint_ops method for
9461 ranged breakpoints. */
9464 print_one_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
9465 struct bp_location
**last_loc
)
9467 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9468 struct value_print_options opts
;
9469 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9471 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one location. */
9472 gdb_assert (bl
&& bl
->next
== NULL
);
9474 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
9476 if (opts
.addressprint
)
9477 /* We don't print the address range here, it will be printed later
9478 by print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint. */
9479 uiout
->field_skip ("addr");
9481 print_breakpoint_location (b
, bl
);
9485 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
9486 ranged breakpoints. */
9489 print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
9490 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
9492 CORE_ADDR address_start
, address_end
;
9493 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9498 address_start
= bl
->address
;
9499 address_end
= address_start
+ bl
->length
- 1;
9501 uiout
->text ("\taddress range: ");
9502 stb
.printf ("[%s, %s]",
9503 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_start
),
9504 print_core_address (bl
->gdbarch
, address_end
));
9505 uiout
->field_stream ("addr", stb
);
9509 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
9510 ranged breakpoints. */
9513 print_mention_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9515 struct bp_location
*bl
= b
->loc
;
9516 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9519 gdb_assert (b
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
9521 uiout
->message (_("Hardware assisted ranged breakpoint %d from %s to %s."),
9522 b
->number
, paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
),
9523 paddress (bl
->gdbarch
, bl
->address
+ bl
->length
- 1));
9526 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9527 ranged breakpoints. */
9530 print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9532 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break-range %s, %s",
9533 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
9534 event_location_to_string (b
->location_range_end
.get ()));
9535 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9538 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in ranged breakpoints. */
9540 static struct breakpoint_ops ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
9542 /* Find the address where the end of the breakpoint range should be
9543 placed, given the SAL of the end of the range. This is so that if
9544 the user provides a line number, the end of the range is set to the
9545 last instruction of the given line. */
9548 find_breakpoint_range_end (struct symtab_and_line sal
)
9552 /* If the user provided a PC value, use it. Otherwise,
9553 find the address of the end of the given location. */
9554 if (sal
.explicit_pc
)
9561 ret
= find_line_pc_range (sal
, &start
, &end
);
9563 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9565 /* find_line_pc_range returns the start of the next line. */
9572 /* Implement the "break-range" CLI command. */
9575 break_range_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
9577 const char *arg_start
;
9578 struct linespec_result canonical_start
, canonical_end
;
9579 int bp_count
, can_use_bp
, length
;
9581 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9583 /* We don't support software ranged breakpoints. */
9584 if (target_ranged_break_num_registers () < 0)
9585 error (_("This target does not support hardware ranged breakpoints."));
9587 bp_count
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
9588 bp_count
+= target_ranged_break_num_registers ();
9589 can_use_bp
= target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
9592 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
9594 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9595 if (arg
== NULL
|| arg
[0] == '\0')
9596 error(_("No address range specified."));
9599 event_location_up start_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9601 parse_breakpoint_sals (start_location
.get (), &canonical_start
);
9604 error (_("Too few arguments."));
9605 else if (canonical_start
.lsals
.empty ())
9606 error (_("Could not find location of the beginning of the range."));
9608 const linespec_sals
&lsal_start
= canonical_start
.lsals
[0];
9610 if (canonical_start
.lsals
.size () > 1
9611 || lsal_start
.sals
.size () != 1)
9612 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9614 const symtab_and_line
&sal_start
= lsal_start
.sals
[0];
9615 std::string
addr_string_start (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
9617 arg
++; /* Skip the comma. */
9618 arg
= skip_spaces (arg
);
9620 /* Parse the end location. */
9624 /* We call decode_line_full directly here instead of using
9625 parse_breakpoint_sals because we need to specify the start location's
9626 symtab and line as the default symtab and line for the end of the
9627 range. This makes it possible to have ranges like "foo.c:27, +14",
9628 where +14 means 14 lines from the start location. */
9629 event_location_up end_location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
9631 decode_line_full (end_location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
9632 sal_start
.symtab
, sal_start
.line
,
9633 &canonical_end
, NULL
, NULL
);
9635 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.empty ())
9636 error (_("Could not find location of the end of the range."));
9638 const linespec_sals
&lsal_end
= canonical_end
.lsals
[0];
9639 if (canonical_end
.lsals
.size () > 1
9640 || lsal_end
.sals
.size () != 1)
9641 error (_("Cannot create a ranged breakpoint with multiple locations."));
9643 const symtab_and_line
&sal_end
= lsal_end
.sals
[0];
9645 end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sal_end
);
9646 if (sal_start
.pc
> end
)
9647 error (_("Invalid address range, end precedes start."));
9649 length
= end
- sal_start
.pc
+ 1;
9651 /* Length overflowed. */
9652 error (_("Address range too large."));
9653 else if (length
== 1)
9655 /* This range is simple enough to be handled by
9656 the `hbreak' command. */
9657 hbreak_command (&addr_string_start
[0], 1);
9662 /* Now set up the breakpoint. */
9663 b
= set_raw_breakpoint (get_current_arch (), sal_start
,
9664 bp_hardware_breakpoint
, &ranged_breakpoint_ops
);
9665 set_breakpoint_count (breakpoint_count
+ 1);
9666 b
->number
= breakpoint_count
;
9667 b
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
9668 b
->location
= std::move (start_location
);
9669 b
->location_range_end
= std::move (end_location
);
9670 b
->loc
->length
= length
;
9673 gdb::observers::breakpoint_created
.notify (b
);
9674 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
9677 /* Return non-zero if EXP is verified as constant. Returned zero
9678 means EXP is variable. Also the constant detection may fail for
9679 some constant expressions and in such case still falsely return
9683 watchpoint_exp_is_const (const struct expression
*exp
)
9685 return exp
->op
->constant_p ();
9688 /* Implement the "re_set" breakpoint_ops method for watchpoints. */
9691 re_set_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9693 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9695 /* Watchpoint can be either on expression using entirely global
9696 variables, or it can be on local variables.
9698 Watchpoints of the first kind are never auto-deleted, and even
9699 persist across program restarts. Since they can use variables
9700 from shared libraries, we need to reparse expression as libraries
9701 are loaded and unloaded.
9703 Watchpoints on local variables can also change meaning as result
9704 of solib event. For example, if a watchpoint uses both a local
9705 and a global variables in expression, it's a local watchpoint,
9706 but unloading of a shared library will make the expression
9707 invalid. This is not a very common use case, but we still
9708 re-evaluate expression, to avoid surprises to the user.
9710 Note that for local watchpoints, we re-evaluate it only if
9711 watchpoints frame id is still valid. If it's not, it means the
9712 watchpoint is out of scope and will be deleted soon. In fact,
9713 I'm not sure we'll ever be called in this case.
9715 If a local watchpoint's frame id is still valid, then
9716 w->exp_valid_block is likewise valid, and we can safely use it.
9718 Don't do anything about disabled watchpoints, since they will be
9719 reevaluated again when enabled. */
9720 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
9723 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9726 insert_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9728 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9729 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9731 return target_insert_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9732 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
9735 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for hardware watchpoints. */
9738 remove_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
9740 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9741 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9743 return target_remove_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
, bl
->watchpoint_type
,
9744 w
->cond_exp
.get ());
9748 breakpoint_hit_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
9749 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
9750 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
9752 struct breakpoint
*b
= bl
->owner
;
9753 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9755 /* Continuable hardware watchpoints are treated as non-existent if the
9756 reason we stopped wasn't a hardware watchpoint (we didn't stop on
9757 some data address). Otherwise gdb won't stop on a break instruction
9758 in the code (not from a breakpoint) when a hardware watchpoint has
9759 been defined. Also skip watchpoints which we know did not trigger
9760 (did not match the data address). */
9761 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (b
)
9762 && w
->watchpoint_triggered
== watch_triggered_no
)
9769 check_status_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
9771 gdb_assert (is_watchpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
));
9773 bpstat_check_watchpoint (bs
);
9776 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9777 hardware watchpoints. */
9780 resources_needed_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
9782 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9783 int length
= w
->exact
? 1 : bl
->length
;
9785 return target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (bl
->address
, length
);
9788 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
9789 hardware watchpoints. */
9792 works_in_software_mode_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
9794 /* Read and access watchpoints only work with hardware support. */
9795 return b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
|| b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
9798 static enum print_stop_action
9799 print_it_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
9801 struct breakpoint
*b
;
9802 enum print_stop_action result
;
9803 struct watchpoint
*w
;
9804 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9806 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
9808 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
9809 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9811 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
9812 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
9816 gdb::optional
<ui_out_emit_tuple
> tuple_emitter
;
9820 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9821 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9823 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9825 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9826 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
9827 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
9828 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
9829 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
9830 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
9831 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
9833 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
9834 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9837 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9838 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9840 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9842 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9843 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
9844 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
9845 uiout
->field_stream ("value", stb
);
9847 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9850 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9851 if (bs
->old_val
!= NULL
)
9853 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9856 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9858 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9859 uiout
->text ("\nOld value = ");
9860 watchpoint_value_print (bs
->old_val
.get (), &stb
);
9861 uiout
->field_stream ("old", stb
);
9862 uiout
->text ("\nNew value = ");
9867 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
9870 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
9871 tuple_emitter
.emplace (uiout
, "value");
9872 uiout
->text ("\nValue = ");
9874 watchpoint_value_print (w
->val
.get (), &stb
);
9875 uiout
->field_stream ("new", stb
);
9877 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9880 result
= PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
9886 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for hardware
9890 print_mention_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
9892 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9893 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
9894 const char *tuple_name
;
9899 uiout
->text ("Watchpoint ");
9902 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9903 uiout
->text ("Hardware watchpoint ");
9906 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9907 uiout
->text ("Hardware read watchpoint ");
9908 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
9910 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9911 uiout
->text ("Hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
9912 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
9915 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9916 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
9919 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
9920 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
9922 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
.get ());
9925 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
9929 print_recreate_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
9931 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
9936 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
9937 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
9939 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
9940 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
9942 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
9943 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
9946 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
9947 _("Invalid watchpoint type."));
9950 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", w
->exp_string
.get ());
9951 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
9954 /* Implement the "explains_signal" breakpoint_ops method for
9958 explains_signal_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
9960 /* A software watchpoint cannot cause a signal other than
9962 if (b
->type
== bp_watchpoint
&& sig
!= GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
9968 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in hardware watchpoints. */
9970 static struct breakpoint_ops watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
9972 /* Implement the "insert" breakpoint_ops method for
9973 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9976 insert_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
)
9978 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9980 return target_insert_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
9981 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
9984 /* Implement the "remove" breakpoint_ops method for
9985 masked hardware watchpoints. */
9988 remove_masked_watchpoint (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
9990 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
9992 return target_remove_mask_watchpoint (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
,
9993 bl
->watchpoint_type
);
9996 /* Implement the "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method for
9997 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10000 resources_needed_masked_watchpoint (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
10002 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bl
->owner
;
10004 return target_masked_watch_num_registers (bl
->address
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10007 /* Implement the "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method for
10008 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10011 works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10016 /* Implement the "print_it" breakpoint_ops method for
10017 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10019 static enum print_stop_action
10020 print_it_masked_watchpoint (bpstat
*bs
)
10022 struct breakpoint
*b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
10023 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10025 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10026 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10028 annotate_watchpoint (b
->number
);
10029 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
10033 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10034 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10035 uiout
->field_string
10036 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10039 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10040 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10041 uiout
->field_string
10042 ("reason", async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_READ_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10045 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10046 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
10047 uiout
->field_string
10049 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_ACCESS_WATCHPOINT_TRIGGER
));
10052 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10053 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10057 uiout
->text (_("\n\
10058 Check the underlying instruction at PC for the memory\n\
10059 address and value which triggered this watchpoint.\n"));
10060 uiout
->text ("\n");
10062 /* More than one watchpoint may have been triggered. */
10063 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
10066 /* Implement the "print_one_detail" breakpoint_ops method for
10067 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10070 print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
,
10071 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
10073 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10075 /* Masked watchpoints have only one location. */
10076 gdb_assert (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->next
== NULL
);
10078 uiout
->text ("\tmask ");
10079 uiout
->field_core_addr ("mask", b
->loc
->gdbarch
, w
->hw_wp_mask
);
10080 uiout
->text ("\n");
10083 /* Implement the "print_mention" breakpoint_ops method for
10084 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10087 print_mention_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
)
10089 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10090 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
10091 const char *tuple_name
;
10095 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10096 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware watchpoint ");
10097 tuple_name
= "wpt";
10099 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10100 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware read watchpoint ");
10101 tuple_name
= "hw-rwpt";
10103 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10104 uiout
->text ("Masked hardware access (read/write) watchpoint ");
10105 tuple_name
= "hw-awpt";
10108 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10109 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10112 ui_out_emit_tuple
tuple_emitter (uiout
, tuple_name
);
10113 uiout
->field_signed ("number", b
->number
);
10114 uiout
->text (": ");
10115 uiout
->field_string ("exp", w
->exp_string
.get ());
10118 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for
10119 masked hardware watchpoints. */
10122 print_recreate_masked_watchpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
10124 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) b
;
10128 case bp_hardware_watchpoint
:
10129 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "watch");
10131 case bp_read_watchpoint
:
10132 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "rwatch");
10134 case bp_access_watchpoint
:
10135 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "awatch");
10138 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
10139 _("Invalid hardware watchpoint type."));
10142 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s mask 0x%s", w
->exp_string
.get (),
10143 phex (w
->hw_wp_mask
, sizeof (CORE_ADDR
)));
10144 print_recreate_thread (b
, fp
);
10147 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in masked hardware watchpoints. */
10149 static struct breakpoint_ops masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10151 /* Tell whether the given watchpoint is a masked hardware watchpoint. */
10154 is_masked_watchpoint (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
10156 return b
->ops
== &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
10159 /* accessflag: hw_write: watch write,
10160 hw_read: watch read,
10161 hw_access: watch access (read or write) */
10163 watch_command_1 (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
,
10164 bool just_location
, bool internal
)
10166 struct breakpoint
*scope_breakpoint
= NULL
;
10167 const struct block
*exp_valid_block
= NULL
, *cond_exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10168 struct value
*result
;
10169 int saved_bitpos
= 0, saved_bitsize
= 0;
10170 const char *exp_start
= NULL
;
10171 const char *exp_end
= NULL
;
10172 const char *tok
, *end_tok
;
10174 const char *cond_start
= NULL
;
10175 const char *cond_end
= NULL
;
10176 enum bptype bp_type
;
10178 /* Flag to indicate whether we are going to use masks for
10179 the hardware watchpoint. */
10180 bool use_mask
= false;
10181 CORE_ADDR mask
= 0;
10184 /* Make sure that we actually have parameters to parse. */
10185 if (arg
!= NULL
&& arg
[0] != '\0')
10187 const char *value_start
;
10189 exp_end
= arg
+ strlen (arg
);
10191 /* Look for "parameter value" pairs at the end
10192 of the arguments string. */
10193 for (tok
= exp_end
- 1; tok
> arg
; tok
--)
10195 /* Skip whitespace at the end of the argument list. */
10196 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10199 /* Find the beginning of the last token.
10200 This is the value of the parameter. */
10201 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10203 value_start
= tok
+ 1;
10205 /* Skip whitespace. */
10206 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
== ' ' || *tok
== '\t'))
10211 /* Find the beginning of the second to last token.
10212 This is the parameter itself. */
10213 while (tok
> arg
&& (*tok
!= ' ' && *tok
!= '\t'))
10216 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
+ 1;
10218 if (toklen
== 6 && startswith (tok
, "thread"))
10220 struct thread_info
*thr
;
10221 /* At this point we've found a "thread" token, which means
10222 the user is trying to set a watchpoint that triggers
10223 only in a specific thread. */
10227 error(_("You can specify only one thread."));
10229 /* Extract the thread ID from the next token. */
10230 thr
= parse_thread_id (value_start
, &endp
);
10232 /* Check if the user provided a valid thread ID. */
10233 if (*endp
!= ' ' && *endp
!= '\t' && *endp
!= '\0')
10234 invalid_thread_id_error (value_start
);
10236 thread
= thr
->global_num
;
10238 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "task"))
10242 task
= strtol (value_start
, &tmp
, 0);
10243 if (tmp
== value_start
)
10244 error (_("Junk after task keyword."));
10245 if (!valid_task_id (task
))
10246 error (_("Unknown task %d."), task
);
10248 else if (toklen
== 4 && startswith (tok
, "mask"))
10250 /* We've found a "mask" token, which means the user wants to
10251 create a hardware watchpoint that is going to have the mask
10253 struct value
*mask_value
, *mark
;
10256 error(_("You can specify only one mask."));
10258 use_mask
= just_location
= true;
10260 mark
= value_mark ();
10261 mask_value
= parse_to_comma_and_eval (&value_start
);
10262 mask
= value_as_address (mask_value
);
10263 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10266 /* We didn't recognize what we found. We should stop here. */
10269 /* Truncate the string and get rid of the "parameter value" pair before
10270 the arguments string is parsed by the parse_exp_1 function. */
10277 /* Parse the rest of the arguments. From here on out, everything
10278 is in terms of a newly allocated string instead of the original
10280 std::string
expression (arg
, exp_end
- arg
);
10281 exp_start
= arg
= expression
.c_str ();
10282 innermost_block_tracker tracker
;
10283 expression_up exp
= parse_exp_1 (&arg
, 0, 0, 0, &tracker
);
10285 /* Remove trailing whitespace from the expression before saving it.
10286 This makes the eventual display of the expression string a bit
10288 while (exp_end
> exp_start
&& (exp_end
[-1] == ' ' || exp_end
[-1] == '\t'))
10291 /* Checking if the expression is not constant. */
10292 if (watchpoint_exp_is_const (exp
.get ()))
10296 len
= exp_end
- exp_start
;
10297 while (len
> 0 && isspace (exp_start
[len
- 1]))
10299 error (_("Cannot watch constant value `%.*s'."), len
, exp_start
);
10302 exp_valid_block
= tracker
.block ();
10303 struct value
*mark
= value_mark ();
10304 struct value
*val_as_value
= nullptr;
10305 fetch_subexp_value (exp
.get (), exp
->op
.get (), &val_as_value
, &result
, NULL
,
10308 if (val_as_value
!= NULL
&& just_location
)
10310 saved_bitpos
= value_bitpos (val_as_value
);
10311 saved_bitsize
= value_bitsize (val_as_value
);
10319 exp_valid_block
= NULL
;
10320 val
= release_value (value_addr (result
));
10321 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10325 ret
= target_masked_watch_num_registers (value_as_address (val
.get ()),
10328 error (_("This target does not support masked watchpoints."));
10329 else if (ret
== -2)
10330 error (_("Invalid mask or memory region."));
10333 else if (val_as_value
!= NULL
)
10334 val
= release_value (val_as_value
);
10336 tok
= skip_spaces (arg
);
10337 end_tok
= skip_to_space (tok
);
10339 toklen
= end_tok
- tok
;
10340 if (toklen
>= 1 && strncmp (tok
, "if", toklen
) == 0)
10342 tok
= cond_start
= end_tok
+ 1;
10343 innermost_block_tracker if_tracker
;
10344 parse_exp_1 (&tok
, 0, 0, 0, &if_tracker
);
10346 /* The watchpoint expression may not be local, but the condition
10347 may still be. E.g.: `watch global if local > 0'. */
10348 cond_exp_valid_block
= if_tracker
.block ();
10353 error (_("Junk at end of command."));
10355 frame_info
*wp_frame
= block_innermost_frame (exp_valid_block
);
10357 /* Save this because create_internal_breakpoint below invalidates
10359 frame_id watchpoint_frame
= get_frame_id (wp_frame
);
10361 /* If the expression is "local", then set up a "watchpoint scope"
10362 breakpoint at the point where we've left the scope of the watchpoint
10363 expression. Create the scope breakpoint before the watchpoint, so
10364 that we will encounter it first in bpstat_stop_status. */
10365 if (exp_valid_block
!= NULL
&& wp_frame
!= NULL
)
10367 frame_id caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (wp_frame
);
10369 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10371 gdbarch
*caller_arch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (wp_frame
);
10372 CORE_ADDR caller_pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (wp_frame
);
10375 = create_internal_breakpoint (caller_arch
, caller_pc
,
10376 bp_watchpoint_scope
,
10377 &momentary_breakpoint_ops
);
10379 /* create_internal_breakpoint could invalidate WP_FRAME. */
10382 scope_breakpoint
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
10384 /* Automatically delete the breakpoint when it hits. */
10385 scope_breakpoint
->disposition
= disp_del
;
10387 /* Only break in the proper frame (help with recursion). */
10388 scope_breakpoint
->frame_id
= caller_frame_id
;
10390 /* Set the address at which we will stop. */
10391 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
= caller_arch
;
10392 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
= caller_pc
;
10393 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->address
10394 = adjust_breakpoint_address (scope_breakpoint
->loc
->gdbarch
,
10395 scope_breakpoint
->loc
->requested_address
,
10396 scope_breakpoint
->type
);
10400 /* Now set up the breakpoint. We create all watchpoints as hardware
10401 watchpoints here even if hardware watchpoints are turned off, a call
10402 to update_watchpoint later in this function will cause the type to
10403 drop back to bp_watchpoint (software watchpoint) if required. */
10405 if (accessflag
== hw_read
)
10406 bp_type
= bp_read_watchpoint
;
10407 else if (accessflag
== hw_access
)
10408 bp_type
= bp_access_watchpoint
;
10410 bp_type
= bp_hardware_watchpoint
;
10412 std::unique_ptr
<watchpoint
> w (new watchpoint ());
10415 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10416 &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10418 init_raw_breakpoint_without_location (w
.get (), NULL
, bp_type
,
10419 &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
);
10420 w
->thread
= thread
;
10422 w
->disposition
= disp_donttouch
;
10423 w
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
10424 w
->exp
= std::move (exp
);
10425 w
->exp_valid_block
= exp_valid_block
;
10426 w
->cond_exp_valid_block
= cond_exp_valid_block
;
10429 struct type
*t
= value_type (val
.get ());
10430 CORE_ADDR addr
= value_as_address (val
.get ());
10432 w
->exp_string_reparse
10433 = current_language
->watch_location_expression (t
, addr
);
10435 w
->exp_string
= xstrprintf ("-location %.*s",
10436 (int) (exp_end
- exp_start
), exp_start
);
10439 w
->exp_string
.reset (savestring (exp_start
, exp_end
- exp_start
));
10443 w
->hw_wp_mask
= mask
;
10448 w
->val_bitpos
= saved_bitpos
;
10449 w
->val_bitsize
= saved_bitsize
;
10450 w
->val_valid
= true;
10454 w
->cond_string
.reset (savestring (cond_start
, cond_end
- cond_start
));
10456 w
->cond_string
= 0;
10458 if (frame_id_p (watchpoint_frame
))
10460 w
->watchpoint_frame
= watchpoint_frame
;
10461 w
->watchpoint_thread
= inferior_ptid
;
10465 w
->watchpoint_frame
= null_frame_id
;
10466 w
->watchpoint_thread
= null_ptid
;
10469 if (scope_breakpoint
!= NULL
)
10471 /* The scope breakpoint is related to the watchpoint. We will
10472 need to act on them together. */
10473 w
->related_breakpoint
= scope_breakpoint
;
10474 scope_breakpoint
->related_breakpoint
= w
.get ();
10477 if (!just_location
)
10478 value_free_to_mark (mark
);
10480 /* Finally update the new watchpoint. This creates the locations
10481 that should be inserted. */
10482 update_watchpoint (w
.get (), 1);
10484 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (w
), 1);
10487 /* Return count of debug registers needed to watch the given expression.
10488 If the watchpoint cannot be handled in hardware return zero. */
10491 can_use_hardware_watchpoint (const std::vector
<value_ref_ptr
> &vals
)
10493 int found_memory_cnt
= 0;
10495 /* Did the user specifically forbid us to use hardware watchpoints? */
10496 if (!can_use_hw_watchpoints
)
10499 gdb_assert (!vals
.empty ());
10500 struct value
*head
= vals
[0].get ();
10502 /* Make sure that the value of the expression depends only upon
10503 memory contents, and values computed from them within GDB. If we
10504 find any register references or function calls, we can't use a
10505 hardware watchpoint.
10507 The idea here is that evaluating an expression generates a series
10508 of values, one holding the value of every subexpression. (The
10509 expression a*b+c has five subexpressions: a, b, a*b, c, and
10510 a*b+c.) GDB's values hold almost enough information to establish
10511 the criteria given above --- they identify memory lvalues,
10512 register lvalues, computed values, etcetera. So we can evaluate
10513 the expression, and then scan the chain of values that leaves
10514 behind to decide whether we can detect any possible change to the
10515 expression's final value using only hardware watchpoints.
10517 However, I don't think that the values returned by inferior
10518 function calls are special in any way. So this function may not
10519 notice that an expression involving an inferior function call
10520 can't be watched with hardware watchpoints. FIXME. */
10521 for (const value_ref_ptr
&iter
: vals
)
10523 struct value
*v
= iter
.get ();
10525 if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_memory
)
10527 if (v
!= head
&& value_lazy (v
))
10528 /* A lazy memory lvalue in the chain is one that GDB never
10529 needed to fetch; we either just used its address (e.g.,
10530 `a' in `a.b') or we never needed it at all (e.g., `a'
10531 in `a,b'). This doesn't apply to HEAD; if that is
10532 lazy then it was not readable, but watch it anyway. */
10536 /* Ahh, memory we actually used! Check if we can cover
10537 it with hardware watchpoints. */
10538 struct type
*vtype
= check_typedef (value_type (v
));
10540 /* We only watch structs and arrays if user asked for it
10541 explicitly, never if they just happen to appear in a
10542 middle of some value chain. */
10544 || (vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_STRUCT
10545 && vtype
->code () != TYPE_CODE_ARRAY
))
10547 CORE_ADDR vaddr
= value_address (v
);
10551 len
= (target_exact_watchpoints
10552 && is_scalar_type_recursive (vtype
))?
10553 1 : TYPE_LENGTH (value_type (v
));
10555 num_regs
= target_region_ok_for_hw_watchpoint (vaddr
, len
);
10559 found_memory_cnt
+= num_regs
;
10563 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) != not_lval
10564 && deprecated_value_modifiable (v
) == 0)
10565 return 0; /* These are values from the history (e.g., $1). */
10566 else if (VALUE_LVAL (v
) == lval_register
)
10567 return 0; /* Cannot watch a register with a HW watchpoint. */
10570 /* The expression itself looks suitable for using a hardware
10571 watchpoint, but give the target machine a chance to reject it. */
10572 return found_memory_cnt
;
10576 watch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10578 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10581 /* Options for the watch, awatch, and rwatch commands. */
10583 struct watch_options
10585 /* For -location. */
10586 bool location
= false;
10589 /* Definitions of options for the "watch", "awatch", and "rwatch" commands.
10591 Historically GDB always accepted both '-location' and '-l' flags for
10592 these commands (both flags being synonyms). When converting to the
10593 newer option scheme only '-location' is added here. That's fine (for
10594 backward compatibility) as any non-ambiguous prefix of a flag will be
10595 accepted, so '-l', '-loc', are now all accepted.
10597 What this means is that, if in the future, we add any new flag here
10598 that starts with '-l' then this will break backward compatibility, so
10599 please, don't do that! */
10601 static const gdb::option::option_def watch_option_defs
[] = {
10602 gdb::option::flag_option_def
<watch_options
> {
10604 [] (watch_options
*opt
) { return &opt
->location
; },
10606 This evaluates EXPRESSION and watches the memory to which is refers.\n\
10607 -l can be used as a short form of -location."),
10611 /* Returns the option group used by 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch'
10614 static gdb::option::option_def_group
10615 make_watch_options_def_group (watch_options
*opts
)
10617 return {{watch_option_defs
}, opts
};
10620 /* A helper function that looks for the "-location" argument and then
10621 calls watch_command_1. */
10624 watch_maybe_just_location (const char *arg
, int accessflag
, int from_tty
)
10626 watch_options opts
;
10627 auto grp
= make_watch_options_def_group (&opts
);
10628 gdb::option::process_options
10629 (&arg
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, grp
);
10630 if (arg
!= nullptr && *arg
== '\0')
10633 watch_command_1 (arg
, accessflag
, from_tty
, opts
.location
, false);
10636 /* Command completion for 'watch', 'awatch', and 'rwatch' commands. */
10638 watch_command_completer (struct cmd_list_element
*ignore
,
10639 completion_tracker
&tracker
,
10640 const char *text
, const char * /*word*/)
10642 const auto group
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
10643 if (gdb::option::complete_options
10644 (tracker
, &text
, gdb::option::PROCESS_OPTIONS_UNKNOWN_IS_OPERAND
, group
))
10647 const char *word
= advance_to_expression_complete_word_point (tracker
, text
);
10648 expression_completer (ignore
, tracker
, text
, word
);
10652 watch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10654 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_write
, from_tty
);
10658 rwatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10660 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10664 rwatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10666 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_read
, from_tty
);
10670 awatch_command_wrapper (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, bool internal
)
10672 watch_command_1 (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
, 0, internal
);
10676 awatch_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10678 watch_maybe_just_location (arg
, hw_access
, from_tty
);
10682 /* Data for the FSM that manages the until(location)/advance commands
10683 in infcmd.c. Here because it uses the mechanisms of
10686 struct until_break_fsm
: public thread_fsm
10688 /* The thread that was current when the command was executed. */
10691 /* The breakpoint set at the return address in the caller frame,
10692 plus breakpoints at all the destination locations. */
10693 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
10695 until_break_fsm (struct interp
*cmd_interp
, int thread
,
10696 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> &&breakpoints
)
10697 : thread_fsm (cmd_interp
),
10699 breakpoints (std::move (breakpoints
))
10703 void clean_up (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10704 bool should_stop (struct thread_info
*thread
) override
;
10705 enum async_reply_reason
do_async_reply_reason () override
;
10708 /* Implementation of the 'should_stop' FSM method for the
10709 until(location)/advance commands. */
10712 until_break_fsm::should_stop (struct thread_info
*tp
)
10714 for (const breakpoint_up
&bp
: breakpoints
)
10715 if (bpstat_find_breakpoint (tp
->control
.stop_bpstat
,
10716 bp
.get ()) != NULL
)
10725 /* Implementation of the 'clean_up' FSM method for the
10726 until(location)/advance commands. */
10729 until_break_fsm::clean_up (struct thread_info
*)
10731 /* Clean up our temporary breakpoints. */
10732 breakpoints
.clear ();
10733 delete_longjmp_breakpoint (thread
);
10736 /* Implementation of the 'async_reply_reason' FSM method for the
10737 until(location)/advance commands. */
10739 enum async_reply_reason
10740 until_break_fsm::do_async_reply_reason ()
10742 return EXEC_ASYNC_LOCATION_REACHED
;
10746 until_break_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
, int anywhere
)
10748 struct frame_info
*frame
;
10749 struct gdbarch
*frame_gdbarch
;
10750 struct frame_id stack_frame_id
;
10751 struct frame_id caller_frame_id
;
10753 struct thread_info
*tp
;
10755 clear_proceed_status (0);
10757 /* Set a breakpoint where the user wants it and at return from
10760 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
10762 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
10763 = (last_displayed_sal_is_valid ()
10764 ? decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, NULL
,
10765 get_last_displayed_symtab (),
10766 get_last_displayed_line ())
10767 : decode_line_1 (location
.get (), DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
,
10771 error (_("Couldn't get information on specified line."));
10774 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
10776 tp
= inferior_thread ();
10777 thread
= tp
->global_num
;
10779 /* Note linespec handling above invalidates the frame chain.
10780 Installing a breakpoint also invalidates the frame chain (as it
10781 may need to switch threads), so do any frame handling before
10784 frame
= get_selected_frame (NULL
);
10785 frame_gdbarch
= get_frame_arch (frame
);
10786 stack_frame_id
= get_stack_frame_id (frame
);
10787 caller_frame_id
= frame_unwind_caller_id (frame
);
10789 /* Keep within the current frame, or in frames called by the current
10792 std::vector
<breakpoint_up
> breakpoints
;
10794 gdb::optional
<delete_longjmp_breakpoint_cleanup
> lj_deleter
;
10796 if (frame_id_p (caller_frame_id
))
10798 struct symtab_and_line sal2
;
10799 struct gdbarch
*caller_gdbarch
;
10801 sal2
= find_pc_line (frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
), 0);
10802 sal2
.pc
= frame_unwind_caller_pc (frame
);
10803 caller_gdbarch
= frame_unwind_caller_arch (frame
);
10805 breakpoint_up caller_breakpoint
10806 = set_momentary_breakpoint (caller_gdbarch
, sal2
,
10807 caller_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10808 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (caller_breakpoint
));
10810 set_longjmp_breakpoint (tp
, caller_frame_id
);
10811 lj_deleter
.emplace (thread
);
10814 /* set_momentary_breakpoint could invalidate FRAME. */
10817 /* If the user told us to continue until a specified location, we
10818 don't specify a frame at which we need to stop. Otherwise,
10819 specify the selected frame, because we want to stop only at the
10820 very same frame. */
10821 frame_id stop_frame_id
= anywhere
? null_frame_id
: stack_frame_id
;
10823 for (symtab_and_line
&sal
: sals
)
10825 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
10827 breakpoint_up location_breakpoint
10828 = set_momentary_breakpoint (frame_gdbarch
, sal
,
10829 stop_frame_id
, bp_until
);
10830 breakpoints
.emplace_back (std::move (location_breakpoint
));
10834 (std::unique_ptr
<thread_fsm
>
10835 (new until_break_fsm (command_interp (), tp
->global_num
,
10836 std::move (breakpoints
))));
10839 lj_deleter
->release ();
10841 proceed (-1, GDB_SIGNAL_DEFAULT
);
10845 init_ada_exception_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*b
,
10846 struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
10847 struct symtab_and_line sal
,
10848 const char *addr_string
,
10849 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
10856 struct gdbarch
*loc_gdbarch
= get_sal_arch (sal
);
10858 loc_gdbarch
= gdbarch
;
10860 describe_other_breakpoints (loc_gdbarch
,
10861 sal
.pspace
, sal
.pc
, sal
.section
, -1);
10862 /* FIXME: brobecker/2006-12-28: Actually, re-implement a special
10863 version for exception catchpoints, because two catchpoints
10864 used for different exception names will use the same address.
10865 In this case, a "breakpoint ... also set at..." warning is
10866 unproductive. Besides, the warning phrasing is also a bit
10867 inappropriate, we should use the word catchpoint, and tell
10868 the user what type of catchpoint it is. The above is good
10869 enough for now, though. */
10872 init_raw_breakpoint (b
, gdbarch
, sal
, bp_catchpoint
, ops
);
10874 b
->enable_state
= enabled
? bp_enabled
: bp_disabled
;
10875 b
->disposition
= tempflag
? disp_del
: disp_donttouch
;
10876 b
->location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_string
,
10877 language_def (language_ada
));
10878 b
->language
= language_ada
;
10883 /* Compare two breakpoints and return a strcmp-like result. */
10886 compare_breakpoints (const breakpoint
*a
, const breakpoint
*b
)
10888 uintptr_t ua
= (uintptr_t) a
;
10889 uintptr_t ub
= (uintptr_t) b
;
10891 if (a
->number
< b
->number
)
10893 else if (a
->number
> b
->number
)
10896 /* Now sort by address, in case we see, e..g, two breakpoints with
10900 return ua
> ub
? 1 : 0;
10903 /* Delete breakpoints by address or line. */
10906 clear_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
10910 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> decoded_sals
;
10911 symtab_and_line last_sal
;
10912 gdb::array_view
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
10916 = decode_line_with_current_source (arg
,
10917 (DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
10918 | DECODE_LINE_LIST_MODE
));
10920 sals
= decoded_sals
;
10924 /* Set sal's line, symtab, pc, and pspace to the values
10925 corresponding to the last call to print_frame_info. If the
10926 codepoint is not valid, this will set all the fields to 0. */
10927 last_sal
= get_last_displayed_sal ();
10928 if (last_sal
.symtab
== 0)
10929 error (_("No source file specified."));
10935 /* We don't call resolve_sal_pc here. That's not as bad as it
10936 seems, because all existing breakpoints typically have both
10937 file/line and pc set. So, if clear is given file/line, we can
10938 match this to existing breakpoint without obtaining pc at all.
10940 We only support clearing given the address explicitly
10941 present in breakpoint table. Say, we've set breakpoint
10942 at file:line. There were several PC values for that file:line,
10943 due to optimization, all in one block.
10945 We've picked one PC value. If "clear" is issued with another
10946 PC corresponding to the same file:line, the breakpoint won't
10947 be cleared. We probably can still clear the breakpoint, but
10948 since the other PC value is never presented to user, user
10949 can only find it by guessing, and it does not seem important
10950 to support that. */
10952 /* For each line spec given, delete bps which correspond to it. Do
10953 it in two passes, solely to preserve the current behavior that
10954 from_tty is forced true if we delete more than one
10957 std::vector
<struct breakpoint
*> found
;
10958 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
10960 const char *sal_fullname
;
10962 /* If exact pc given, clear bpts at that pc.
10963 If line given (pc == 0), clear all bpts on specified line.
10964 If defaulting, clear all bpts on default line
10967 defaulting sal.pc != 0 tests to do
10972 1 0 <can't happen> */
10974 sal_fullname
= (sal
.symtab
== NULL
10975 ? NULL
: symtab_to_fullname (sal
.symtab
));
10977 /* Find all matching breakpoints and add them to 'found'. */
10978 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
10981 /* Are we going to delete b? */
10982 if (b
->type
!= bp_none
&& !is_watchpoint (b
))
10984 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
10986 /* If the user specified file:line, don't allow a PC
10987 match. This matches historical gdb behavior. */
10988 int pc_match
= (!sal
.explicit_line
10990 && (loc
->pspace
== sal
.pspace
)
10991 && (loc
->address
== sal
.pc
)
10992 && (!section_is_overlay (loc
->section
)
10993 || loc
->section
== sal
.section
));
10994 int line_match
= 0;
10996 if ((default_match
|| sal
.explicit_line
)
10997 && loc
->symtab
!= NULL
10998 && sal_fullname
!= NULL
10999 && sal
.pspace
== loc
->pspace
11000 && loc
->line_number
== sal
.line
11001 && filename_cmp (symtab_to_fullname (loc
->symtab
),
11002 sal_fullname
) == 0)
11005 if (pc_match
|| line_match
)
11014 found
.push_back (b
);
11018 /* Now go thru the 'found' chain and delete them. */
11019 if (found
.empty ())
11022 error (_("No breakpoint at %s."), arg
);
11024 error (_("No breakpoint at this line."));
11027 /* Remove duplicates from the vec. */
11028 std::sort (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11029 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11031 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) < 0;
11033 found
.erase (std::unique (found
.begin (), found
.end (),
11034 [] (const breakpoint
*bp_a
, const breakpoint
*bp_b
)
11036 return compare_breakpoints (bp_a
, bp_b
) == 0;
11040 if (found
.size () > 1)
11041 from_tty
= 1; /* Always report if deleted more than one. */
11044 if (found
.size () == 1)
11045 printf_filtered (_("Deleted breakpoint "));
11047 printf_filtered (_("Deleted breakpoints "));
11050 for (breakpoint
*iter
: found
)
11053 printf_filtered ("%d ", iter
->number
);
11054 delete_breakpoint (iter
);
11057 putchar_filtered ('\n');
11060 /* Delete breakpoint in BS if they are `delete' breakpoints and
11061 all breakpoints that are marked for deletion, whether hit or not.
11062 This is called after any breakpoint is hit, or after errors. */
11065 breakpoint_auto_delete (bpstat
*bs
)
11067 for (; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11068 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
11069 && bs
->breakpoint_at
->disposition
== disp_del
11071 delete_breakpoint (bs
->breakpoint_at
);
11073 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
11074 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del_at_next_stop
)
11075 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11078 /* A comparison function for bp_location AP and BP being interfaced to
11079 std::sort. Sort elements primarily by their ADDRESS (no matter what
11080 bl_address_is_meaningful says), secondarily by ordering first
11081 permanent elements and terciarily just ensuring the array is sorted
11082 stable way despite std::sort being an unstable algorithm. */
11085 bp_location_is_less_than (const bp_location
*a
, const bp_location
*b
)
11087 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
11088 return a
->address
< b
->address
;
11090 /* Sort locations at the same address by their pspace number, keeping
11091 locations of the same inferior (in a multi-inferior environment)
11094 if (a
->pspace
->num
!= b
->pspace
->num
)
11095 return a
->pspace
->num
< b
->pspace
->num
;
11097 /* Sort permanent breakpoints first. */
11098 if (a
->permanent
!= b
->permanent
)
11099 return a
->permanent
> b
->permanent
;
11101 /* Sort by type in order to make duplicate determination easier.
11102 See update_global_location_list. This is kept in sync with
11103 breakpoint_locations_match. */
11104 if (a
->loc_type
< b
->loc_type
)
11107 /* Likewise, for range-breakpoints, sort by length. */
11108 if (a
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11109 && b
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
11110 && a
->length
< b
->length
)
11113 /* Make the internal GDB representation stable across GDB runs
11114 where A and B memory inside GDB can differ. Breakpoint locations of
11115 the same type at the same address can be sorted in arbitrary order. */
11117 if (a
->owner
->number
!= b
->owner
->number
)
11118 return a
->owner
->number
< b
->owner
->number
;
11123 /* Set bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max and
11124 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max according to the current
11125 content of the bp_locations array. */
11128 bp_locations_target_extensions_update (void)
11130 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= 0;
11131 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= 0;
11133 for (bp_location
*bl
: all_bp_locations ())
11135 CORE_ADDR start
, end
, addr
;
11137 if (!bp_location_has_shadow (bl
))
11140 start
= bl
->target_info
.placed_address
;
11141 end
= start
+ bl
->target_info
.shadow_len
;
11143 gdb_assert (bl
->address
>= start
);
11144 addr
= bl
->address
- start
;
11145 if (addr
> bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
)
11146 bp_locations_placed_address_before_address_max
= addr
;
11148 /* Zero SHADOW_LEN would not pass bp_location_has_shadow. */
11150 gdb_assert (bl
->address
< end
);
11151 addr
= end
- bl
->address
;
11152 if (addr
> bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
)
11153 bp_locations_shadow_len_after_address_max
= addr
;
11157 /* Download tracepoint locations if they haven't been. */
11160 download_tracepoint_locations (void)
11162 enum tribool can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
;
11164 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
11166 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
11168 struct tracepoint
*t
;
11169 int bp_location_downloaded
= 0;
11171 if ((b
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
11172 ? !may_insert_fast_tracepoints
11173 : !may_insert_tracepoints
))
11176 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_UNKNOWN
)
11178 if (target_can_download_tracepoint ())
11179 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_TRUE
;
11181 can_download_tracepoint
= TRIBOOL_FALSE
;
11184 if (can_download_tracepoint
== TRIBOOL_FALSE
)
11187 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
11189 /* In tracepoint, locations are _never_ duplicated, so
11190 should_be_inserted is equivalent to
11191 unduplicated_should_be_inserted. */
11192 if (!should_be_inserted (bl
) || bl
->inserted
)
11195 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (bl
->pspace
);
11197 target_download_tracepoint (bl
);
11200 bp_location_downloaded
= 1;
11202 t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
11203 t
->number_on_target
= b
->number
;
11204 if (bp_location_downloaded
)
11205 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
11209 /* Swap the insertion/duplication state between two locations. */
11212 swap_insertion (struct bp_location
*left
, struct bp_location
*right
)
11214 const int left_inserted
= left
->inserted
;
11215 const int left_duplicate
= left
->duplicate
;
11216 const int left_needs_update
= left
->needs_update
;
11217 const struct bp_target_info left_target_info
= left
->target_info
;
11219 /* Locations of tracepoints can never be duplicated. */
11220 if (is_tracepoint (left
->owner
))
11221 gdb_assert (!left
->duplicate
);
11222 if (is_tracepoint (right
->owner
))
11223 gdb_assert (!right
->duplicate
);
11225 left
->inserted
= right
->inserted
;
11226 left
->duplicate
= right
->duplicate
;
11227 left
->needs_update
= right
->needs_update
;
11228 left
->target_info
= right
->target_info
;
11229 right
->inserted
= left_inserted
;
11230 right
->duplicate
= left_duplicate
;
11231 right
->needs_update
= left_needs_update
;
11232 right
->target_info
= left_target_info
;
11235 /* Force the re-insertion of the locations at ADDRESS. This is called
11236 once a new/deleted/modified duplicate location is found and we are evaluating
11237 conditions on the target's side. Such conditions need to be updated on
11241 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11243 CORE_ADDR address
= 0;
11246 address
= bl
->address
;
11247 pspace_num
= bl
->pspace
->num
;
11249 /* This is only meaningful if the target is
11250 evaluating conditions and if the user has
11251 opted for condition evaluation on the target's
11253 if (gdb_evaluates_breakpoint_condition_p ()
11254 || !target_supports_evaluation_of_breakpoint_conditions ())
11257 /* Flag all breakpoint locations with this address and
11258 the same program space as the location
11259 as "its condition has changed". We need to
11260 update the conditions on the target's side. */
11261 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations_at_addr (address
))
11263 if (!is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
)
11264 || pspace_num
!= loc
->pspace
->num
)
11267 /* Flag the location appropriately. We use a different state to
11268 let everyone know that we already updated the set of locations
11269 with addr bl->address and program space bl->pspace. This is so
11270 we don't have to keep calling these functions just to mark locations
11271 that have already been marked. */
11272 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_updated
;
11274 /* Free the agent expression bytecode as well. We will compute
11276 loc
->cond_bytecode
.reset ();
11280 /* Called whether new breakpoints are created, or existing breakpoints
11281 deleted, to update the global location list and recompute which
11282 locations are duplicate of which.
11284 The INSERT_MODE flag determines whether locations may not, may, or
11285 shall be inserted now. See 'enum ugll_insert_mode' for more
11289 update_global_location_list (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11291 /* Last breakpoint location address that was marked for update. */
11292 CORE_ADDR last_addr
= 0;
11293 /* Last breakpoint location program space that was marked for update. */
11294 int last_pspace_num
= -1;
11296 /* Used in the duplicates detection below. When iterating over all
11297 bp_locations, points to the first bp_location of a given address.
11298 Breakpoints and watchpoints of different types are never
11299 duplicates of each other. Keep one pointer for each type of
11300 breakpoint/watchpoint, so we only need to loop over all locations
11302 struct bp_location
*bp_loc_first
; /* breakpoint */
11303 struct bp_location
*wp_loc_first
; /* hardware watchpoint */
11304 struct bp_location
*awp_loc_first
; /* access watchpoint */
11305 struct bp_location
*rwp_loc_first
; /* read watchpoint */
11307 /* Saved former bp_locations array which we compare against the newly
11308 built bp_locations from the current state of ALL_BREAKPOINTS. */
11309 std::vector
<bp_location
*> old_locations
= std::move (bp_locations
);
11310 bp_locations
.clear ();
11312 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
11313 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
11314 bp_locations
.push_back (loc
);
11316 /* See if we need to "upgrade" a software breakpoint to a hardware
11317 breakpoint. Do this before deciding whether locations are
11318 duplicates. Also do this before sorting because sorting order
11319 depends on location type. */
11320 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp_locations
)
11321 if (!loc
->inserted
&& should_be_inserted (loc
))
11322 handle_automatic_hardware_breakpoints (loc
);
11324 std::sort (bp_locations
.begin (), bp_locations
.end (),
11325 bp_location_is_less_than
);
11327 bp_locations_target_extensions_update ();
11329 /* Identify bp_location instances that are no longer present in the
11330 new list, and therefore should be freed. Note that it's not
11331 necessary that those locations should be removed from inferior --
11332 if there's another location at the same address (previously
11333 marked as duplicate), we don't need to remove/insert the
11336 LOCP is kept in sync with OLD_LOCP, each pointing to the current
11337 and former bp_location array state respectively. */
11340 for (bp_location
*old_loc
: old_locations
)
11342 /* Tells if 'old_loc' is found among the new locations. If
11343 not, we have to free it. */
11344 int found_object
= 0;
11345 /* Tells if the location should remain inserted in the target. */
11346 int keep_in_target
= 0;
11349 /* Skip LOCP entries which will definitely never be needed.
11350 Stop either at or being the one matching OLD_LOC. */
11351 while (loc_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11352 && bp_locations
[loc_i
]->address
< old_loc
->address
)
11355 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11356 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11357 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11360 /* Check if this is a new/duplicated location or a duplicated
11361 location that had its condition modified. If so, we want to send
11362 its condition to the target if evaluation of conditions is taking
11364 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->condition_changed
== condition_modified
11365 && (last_addr
!= old_loc
->address
11366 || last_pspace_num
!= old_loc
->pspace
->num
))
11368 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (bp_locations
[loc2_i
]);
11369 last_pspace_num
= old_loc
->pspace
->num
;
11372 if (bp_locations
[loc2_i
] == old_loc
)
11376 /* We have already handled this address, update it so that we don't
11377 have to go through updates again. */
11378 last_addr
= old_loc
->address
;
11380 /* Target-side condition evaluation: Handle deleted locations. */
11382 force_breakpoint_reinsertion (old_loc
);
11384 /* If this location is no longer present, and inserted, look if
11385 there's maybe a new location at the same address. If so,
11386 mark that one inserted, and don't remove this one. This is
11387 needed so that we don't have a time window where a breakpoint
11388 at certain location is not inserted. */
11390 if (old_loc
->inserted
)
11392 /* If the location is inserted now, we might have to remove
11395 if (found_object
&& should_be_inserted (old_loc
))
11397 /* The location is still present in the location list,
11398 and still should be inserted. Don't do anything. */
11399 keep_in_target
= 1;
11403 /* This location still exists, but it won't be kept in the
11404 target since it may have been disabled. We proceed to
11405 remove its target-side condition. */
11407 /* The location is either no longer present, or got
11408 disabled. See if there's another location at the
11409 same address, in which case we don't need to remove
11410 this one from the target. */
11412 /* OLD_LOC comes from existing struct breakpoint. */
11413 if (bl_address_is_meaningful (old_loc
))
11415 for (size_t loc2_i
= loc_i
;
11416 (loc2_i
< bp_locations
.size ()
11417 && bp_locations
[loc2_i
]->address
== old_loc
->address
);
11420 bp_location
*loc2
= bp_locations
[loc2_i
];
11422 if (loc2
== old_loc
)
11425 if (breakpoint_locations_match (loc2
, old_loc
))
11427 /* Read watchpoint locations are switched to
11428 access watchpoints, if the former are not
11429 supported, but the latter are. */
11430 if (is_hardware_watchpoint (old_loc
->owner
))
11432 gdb_assert (is_hardware_watchpoint (loc2
->owner
));
11433 loc2
->watchpoint_type
= old_loc
->watchpoint_type
;
11436 /* loc2 is a duplicated location. We need to check
11437 if it should be inserted in case it will be
11439 if (unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc2
))
11441 swap_insertion (old_loc
, loc2
);
11442 keep_in_target
= 1;
11450 if (!keep_in_target
)
11452 if (remove_breakpoint (old_loc
))
11454 /* This is just about all we can do. We could keep
11455 this location on the global list, and try to
11456 remove it next time, but there's no particular
11457 reason why we will succeed next time.
11459 Note that at this point, old_loc->owner is still
11460 valid, as delete_breakpoint frees the breakpoint
11461 only after calling us. */
11462 printf_filtered (_("warning: Error removing "
11463 "breakpoint %d\n"),
11464 old_loc
->owner
->number
);
11472 if (removed
&& target_is_non_stop_p ()
11473 && need_moribund_for_location_type (old_loc
))
11475 /* This location was removed from the target. In
11476 non-stop mode, a race condition is possible where
11477 we've removed a breakpoint, but stop events for that
11478 breakpoint are already queued and will arrive later.
11479 We apply an heuristic to be able to distinguish such
11480 SIGTRAPs from other random SIGTRAPs: we keep this
11481 breakpoint location for a bit, and will retire it
11482 after we see some number of events. The theory here
11483 is that reporting of events should, "on the average",
11484 be fair, so after a while we'll see events from all
11485 threads that have anything of interest, and no longer
11486 need to keep this breakpoint location around. We
11487 don't hold locations forever so to reduce chances of
11488 mistaking a non-breakpoint SIGTRAP for a breakpoint
11491 The heuristic failing can be disastrous on
11492 decr_pc_after_break targets.
11494 On decr_pc_after_break targets, like e.g., x86-linux,
11495 if we fail to recognize a late breakpoint SIGTRAP,
11496 because events_till_retirement has reached 0 too
11497 soon, we'll fail to do the PC adjustment, and report
11498 a random SIGTRAP to the user. When the user resumes
11499 the inferior, it will most likely immediately crash
11500 with SIGILL/SIGBUS/SIGSEGV, or worse, get silently
11501 corrupted, because of being resumed e.g., in the
11502 middle of a multi-byte instruction, or skipped a
11503 one-byte instruction. This was actually seen happen
11504 on native x86-linux, and should be less rare on
11505 targets that do not support new thread events, like
11506 remote, due to the heuristic depending on
11509 Mistaking a random SIGTRAP for a breakpoint trap
11510 causes similar symptoms (PC adjustment applied when
11511 it shouldn't), but then again, playing with SIGTRAPs
11512 behind the debugger's back is asking for trouble.
11514 Since hardware watchpoint traps are always
11515 distinguishable from other traps, so we don't need to
11516 apply keep hardware watchpoint moribund locations
11517 around. We simply always ignore hardware watchpoint
11518 traps we can no longer explain. */
11520 process_stratum_target
*proc_target
= nullptr;
11521 for (inferior
*inf
: all_inferiors ())
11522 if (inf
->pspace
== old_loc
->pspace
)
11524 proc_target
= inf
->process_target ();
11527 if (proc_target
!= nullptr)
11528 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
11529 = 3 * (thread_count (proc_target
) + 1);
11531 old_loc
->events_till_retirement
= 1;
11532 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11534 moribund_locations
.push_back (old_loc
);
11538 old_loc
->owner
= NULL
;
11539 decref_bp_location (&old_loc
);
11544 /* Rescan breakpoints at the same address and section, marking the
11545 first one as "first" and any others as "duplicates". This is so
11546 that the bpt instruction is only inserted once. If we have a
11547 permanent breakpoint at the same place as BPT, make that one the
11548 official one, and the rest as duplicates. Permanent breakpoints
11549 are sorted first for the same address.
11551 Do the same for hardware watchpoints, but also considering the
11552 watchpoint's type (regular/access/read) and length. */
11554 bp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11555 wp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11556 awp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11557 rwp_loc_first
= NULL
;
11559 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
11561 /* ALL_BP_LOCATIONS bp_location has LOC->OWNER always
11563 struct bp_location
**loc_first_p
;
11564 breakpoint
*b
= loc
->owner
;
11566 if (!unduplicated_should_be_inserted (loc
)
11567 || !bl_address_is_meaningful (loc
)
11568 /* Don't detect duplicate for tracepoint locations because they are
11569 never duplicated. See the comments in field `duplicate' of
11570 `struct bp_location'. */
11571 || is_tracepoint (b
))
11573 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11574 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11578 if (b
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
11579 loc_first_p
= &wp_loc_first
;
11580 else if (b
->type
== bp_read_watchpoint
)
11581 loc_first_p
= &rwp_loc_first
;
11582 else if (b
->type
== bp_access_watchpoint
)
11583 loc_first_p
= &awp_loc_first
;
11585 loc_first_p
= &bp_loc_first
;
11587 if (*loc_first_p
== NULL
11588 || (overlay_debugging
&& loc
->section
!= (*loc_first_p
)->section
)
11589 || !breakpoint_locations_match (loc
, *loc_first_p
))
11591 *loc_first_p
= loc
;
11592 loc
->duplicate
= 0;
11594 if (is_breakpoint (loc
->owner
) && loc
->condition_changed
)
11596 loc
->needs_update
= 1;
11597 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11598 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11604 /* This and the above ensure the invariant that the first location
11605 is not duplicated, and is the inserted one.
11606 All following are marked as duplicated, and are not inserted. */
11608 swap_insertion (loc
, *loc_first_p
);
11609 loc
->duplicate
= 1;
11611 /* Clear the condition modification flag. */
11612 loc
->condition_changed
= condition_unchanged
;
11615 if (insert_mode
== UGLL_INSERT
|| breakpoints_should_be_inserted_now ())
11617 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11618 insert_breakpoint_locations ();
11621 /* Even though the caller told us to not insert new
11622 locations, we may still need to update conditions on the
11623 target's side of breakpoints that were already inserted
11624 if the target is evaluating breakpoint conditions. We
11625 only update conditions for locations that are marked
11627 update_inserted_breakpoint_locations ();
11631 if (insert_mode
!= UGLL_DONT_INSERT
)
11632 download_tracepoint_locations ();
11636 breakpoint_retire_moribund (void)
11638 for (int ix
= 0; ix
< moribund_locations
.size (); ++ix
)
11640 struct bp_location
*loc
= moribund_locations
[ix
];
11641 if (--(loc
->events_till_retirement
) == 0)
11643 decref_bp_location (&loc
);
11644 unordered_remove (moribund_locations
, ix
);
11651 update_global_location_list_nothrow (enum ugll_insert_mode insert_mode
)
11656 update_global_location_list (insert_mode
);
11658 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
11663 /* Clear BKP from a BPS. */
11666 bpstat_remove_bp_location (bpstat
*bps
, struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
11670 for (bs
= bps
; bs
; bs
= bs
->next
)
11671 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
== bpt
)
11673 bs
->breakpoint_at
= NULL
;
11674 bs
->old_val
= NULL
;
11675 /* bs->commands will be freed later. */
11679 /* Callback for iterate_over_threads. */
11681 bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback (struct thread_info
*th
, void *data
)
11683 struct breakpoint
*bpt
= (struct breakpoint
*) data
;
11685 bpstat_remove_bp_location (th
->control
.stop_bpstat
, bpt
);
11689 /* Helper for breakpoint and tracepoint breakpoint_ops->mention
11693 say_where (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11695 struct value_print_options opts
;
11697 get_user_print_options (&opts
);
11699 /* i18n: cagney/2005-02-11: Below needs to be merged into a
11701 if (b
->loc
== NULL
)
11703 /* For pending locations, the output differs slightly based
11704 on b->extra_string. If this is non-NULL, it contains either
11705 a condition or dprintf arguments. */
11706 if (b
->extra_string
== NULL
)
11708 printf_filtered (_(" (%s) pending."),
11709 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
11711 else if (b
->type
== bp_dprintf
)
11713 printf_filtered (_(" (%s,%s) pending."),
11714 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
11715 b
->extra_string
.get ());
11719 printf_filtered (_(" (%s %s) pending."),
11720 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()),
11721 b
->extra_string
.get ());
11726 if (opts
.addressprint
|| b
->loc
->symtab
== NULL
)
11727 printf_filtered (" at %ps",
11728 styled_string (address_style
.style (),
11729 paddress (b
->loc
->gdbarch
,
11730 b
->loc
->address
)));
11731 if (b
->loc
->symtab
!= NULL
)
11733 /* If there is a single location, we can print the location
11735 if (b
->loc
->next
== NULL
)
11737 const char *filename
11738 = symtab_to_filename_for_display (b
->loc
->symtab
);
11739 printf_filtered (": file %ps, line %d.",
11740 styled_string (file_name_style
.style (),
11742 b
->loc
->line_number
);
11745 /* This is not ideal, but each location may have a
11746 different file name, and this at least reflects the
11747 real situation somewhat. */
11748 printf_filtered (": %s.",
11749 event_location_to_string (b
->location
.get ()));
11754 struct bp_location
*loc
= b
->loc
;
11756 for (; loc
; loc
= loc
->next
)
11758 printf_filtered (" (%d locations)", n
);
11763 /* See breakpoint.h. */
11765 bp_location_range
breakpoint::locations ()
11767 return bp_location_range (this->loc
);
11770 static struct bp_location
*
11771 base_breakpoint_allocate_location (struct breakpoint
*self
)
11773 return new bp_location (self
);
11777 base_breakpoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11779 /* Nothing to re-set. */
11782 #define internal_error_pure_virtual_called() \
11783 gdb_assert_not_reached ("pure virtual function called")
11786 base_breakpoint_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11788 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11792 base_breakpoint_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
11793 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
11795 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11799 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11800 const address_space
*aspace
,
11802 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11804 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11808 base_breakpoint_check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
11813 /* A "works_in_software_mode" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11817 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode (const struct breakpoint
*b
)
11819 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11822 /* A "resources_needed" breakpoint_ops method that just internal
11826 base_breakpoint_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
11828 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11831 static enum print_stop_action
11832 base_breakpoint_print_it (bpstat
*bs
)
11834 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11838 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
11839 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
11845 base_breakpoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11847 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11851 base_breakpoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
11853 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11857 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
11858 (struct event_location
*location
,
11859 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
11860 enum bptype type_wanted
)
11862 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11866 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
11867 struct linespec_result
*c
,
11868 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
11869 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
11870 enum bptype type_wanted
,
11871 enum bpdisp disposition
,
11873 int task
, int ignore_count
,
11874 const struct breakpoint_ops
*o
,
11875 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
11876 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
11878 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11881 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
11882 base_breakpoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
11883 struct event_location
*location
,
11884 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
11886 internal_error_pure_virtual_called ();
11889 /* The default 'explains_signal' method. */
11892 base_breakpoint_explains_signal (struct breakpoint
*b
, enum gdb_signal sig
)
11897 /* The default "after_condition_true" method. */
11900 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true (struct bpstat
*bs
)
11902 /* Nothing to do. */
11905 struct breakpoint_ops base_breakpoint_ops
=
11907 base_breakpoint_allocate_location
,
11908 base_breakpoint_re_set
,
11909 base_breakpoint_insert_location
,
11910 base_breakpoint_remove_location
,
11911 base_breakpoint_breakpoint_hit
,
11912 base_breakpoint_check_status
,
11913 base_breakpoint_resources_needed
,
11914 base_breakpoint_works_in_software_mode
,
11915 base_breakpoint_print_it
,
11917 base_breakpoint_print_one_detail
,
11918 base_breakpoint_print_mention
,
11919 base_breakpoint_print_recreate
,
11920 base_breakpoint_create_sals_from_location
,
11921 base_breakpoint_create_breakpoints_sal
,
11922 base_breakpoint_decode_location
,
11923 base_breakpoint_explains_signal
,
11924 base_breakpoint_after_condition_true
,
11927 /* Default breakpoint_ops methods. */
11930 bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
11932 /* FIXME: is this still reachable? */
11933 if (breakpoint_event_location_empty_p (b
))
11935 /* Anything without a location can't be re-set. */
11936 delete_breakpoint (b
);
11940 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
11944 bkpt_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
11946 CORE_ADDR addr
= bl
->target_info
.reqstd_address
;
11948 bl
->target_info
.kind
= breakpoint_kind (bl
, &addr
);
11949 bl
->target_info
.placed_address
= addr
;
11951 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
11952 return target_insert_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11954 return target_insert_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11958 bkpt_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
, enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
11960 if (bl
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_breakpoint
)
11961 return target_remove_hw_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
);
11963 return target_remove_breakpoint (bl
->gdbarch
, &bl
->target_info
, reason
);
11967 bkpt_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11968 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
11969 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11971 if (ws
.kind () != TARGET_WAITKIND_STOPPED
11972 || ws
.sig () != GDB_SIGNAL_TRAP
)
11975 if (!breakpoint_address_match (bl
->pspace
->aspace
, bl
->address
,
11979 if (overlay_debugging
/* unmapped overlay section */
11980 && section_is_overlay (bl
->section
)
11981 && !section_is_mapped (bl
->section
))
11988 dprintf_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
11989 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
11990 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
11992 if (dprintf_style
== dprintf_style_agent
11993 && target_can_run_breakpoint_commands ())
11995 /* An agent-style dprintf never causes a stop. If we see a trap
11996 for this address it must be for a breakpoint that happens to
11997 be set at the same address. */
12001 return bkpt_breakpoint_hit (bl
, aspace
, bp_addr
, ws
);
12005 bkpt_resources_needed (const struct bp_location
*bl
)
12007 gdb_assert (bl
->owner
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
);
12012 static enum print_stop_action
12013 bkpt_print_it (bpstat
*bs
)
12015 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12016 const struct bp_location
*bl
;
12018 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12020 gdb_assert (bs
->bp_location_at
!= NULL
);
12022 bl
= bs
->bp_location_at
.get ();
12023 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12025 bp_temp
= b
->disposition
== disp_del
;
12026 if (bl
->address
!= bl
->requested_address
)
12027 breakpoint_adjustment_warning (bl
->requested_address
,
12030 annotate_breakpoint (b
->number
);
12031 maybe_print_thread_hit_breakpoint (uiout
);
12033 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12035 uiout
->field_string ("reason",
12036 async_reason_lookup (EXEC_ASYNC_BREAKPOINT_HIT
));
12037 uiout
->field_string ("disp", bpdisp_text (b
->disposition
));
12040 uiout
->message ("Temporary breakpoint %pF, ",
12041 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12043 uiout
->message ("Breakpoint %pF, ",
12044 signed_field ("bkptno", b
->number
));
12046 return PRINT_SRC_AND_LOC
;
12050 bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12052 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12057 case bp_breakpoint
:
12058 case bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
:
12059 if (b
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12060 printf_filtered (_("Temporary breakpoint"));
12062 printf_filtered (_("Breakpoint"));
12063 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12064 if (b
->type
== bp_gnu_ifunc_resolver
)
12065 printf_filtered (_(" at gnu-indirect-function resolver"));
12067 case bp_hardware_breakpoint
:
12068 printf_filtered (_("Hardware assisted breakpoint %d"), b
->number
);
12071 printf_filtered (_("Dprintf %d"), b
->number
);
12079 bkpt_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12081 if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
&& tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12082 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "tbreak");
12083 else if (tp
->type
== bp_breakpoint
)
12084 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "break");
12085 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
12086 && tp
->disposition
== disp_del
)
12087 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "thbreak");
12088 else if (tp
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
12089 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "hbreak");
12091 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12092 _("unhandled breakpoint type %d"), (int) tp
->type
);
12094 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12095 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()));
12097 /* Print out extra_string if this breakpoint is pending. It might
12098 contain, for example, conditions that were set by the user. */
12099 if (tp
->loc
== NULL
&& tp
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12100 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s", tp
->extra_string
.get ());
12102 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12106 bkpt_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12107 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12108 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12110 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12114 bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12115 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12116 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12117 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12118 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12119 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12121 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12122 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12123 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12124 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12126 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12127 std::move (cond_string
),
12128 std::move (extra_string
),
12130 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12131 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12132 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12135 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12136 bkpt_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12137 struct event_location
*location
,
12138 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12140 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12143 /* Virtual table for internal breakpoints. */
12146 internal_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12150 /* Delete overlay event and longjmp master breakpoints; they
12151 will be reset later by breakpoint_re_set. */
12152 case bp_overlay_event
:
12153 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12154 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12155 case bp_exception_master
:
12156 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12159 /* This breakpoint is special, it's set up when the inferior
12160 starts and we really don't want to touch it. */
12161 case bp_shlib_event
:
12163 /* Like bp_shlib_event, this breakpoint type is special. Once
12164 it is set up, we do not want to touch it. */
12165 case bp_thread_event
:
12171 internal_bkpt_check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
12173 if (bs
->breakpoint_at
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
12175 /* If requested, stop when the dynamic linker notifies GDB of
12176 events. This allows the user to get control and place
12177 breakpoints in initializer routines for dynamically loaded
12178 objects (among other things). */
12179 bs
->stop
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12180 bs
->print
= stop_on_solib_events
;
12186 static enum print_stop_action
12187 internal_bkpt_print_it (bpstat
*bs
)
12189 struct breakpoint
*b
;
12191 b
= bs
->breakpoint_at
;
12195 case bp_shlib_event
:
12196 /* Did we stop because the user set the stop_on_solib_events
12197 variable? (If so, we report this as a generic, "Stopped due
12198 to shlib event" message.) */
12199 print_solib_event (0);
12202 case bp_thread_event
:
12203 /* Not sure how we will get here.
12204 GDB should not stop for these breakpoints. */
12205 printf_filtered (_("Thread Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12208 case bp_overlay_event
:
12209 /* By analogy with the thread event, GDB should not stop for these. */
12210 printf_filtered (_("Overlay Event Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12213 case bp_longjmp_master
:
12214 /* These should never be enabled. */
12215 printf_filtered (_("Longjmp Master Breakpoint: gdb should not stop!\n"));
12218 case bp_std_terminate_master
:
12219 /* These should never be enabled. */
12220 printf_filtered (_("std::terminate Master Breakpoint: "
12221 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12224 case bp_exception_master
:
12225 /* These should never be enabled. */
12226 printf_filtered (_("Exception Master Breakpoint: "
12227 "gdb should not stop!\n"));
12231 return PRINT_NOTHING
;
12235 internal_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12237 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12240 /* Virtual table for momentary breakpoints */
12243 momentary_bkpt_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12245 /* Keep temporary breakpoints, which can be encountered when we step
12246 over a dlopen call and solib_add is resetting the breakpoints.
12247 Otherwise these should have been blown away via the cleanup chain
12248 or by breakpoint_init_inferior when we rerun the executable. */
12252 momentary_bkpt_check_status (bpstat
*bs
)
12254 /* Nothing. The point of these breakpoints is causing a stop. */
12257 static enum print_stop_action
12258 momentary_bkpt_print_it (bpstat
*bs
)
12260 return PRINT_UNKNOWN
;
12264 momentary_bkpt_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12266 /* Nothing to mention. These breakpoints are internal. */
12269 /* Ensure INITIATING_FRAME is cleared when no such breakpoint exists.
12271 It gets cleared already on the removal of the first one of such placed
12272 breakpoints. This is OK as they get all removed altogether. */
12274 longjmp_breakpoint::~longjmp_breakpoint ()
12276 thread_info
*tp
= find_thread_global_id (this->thread
);
12279 tp
->initiating_frame
= null_frame_id
;
12282 /* Specific methods for probe breakpoints. */
12285 bkpt_probe_insert_location (struct bp_location
*bl
)
12287 int v
= bkpt_insert_location (bl
);
12291 /* The insertion was successful, now let's set the probe's semaphore
12293 bl
->probe
.prob
->set_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12300 bkpt_probe_remove_location (struct bp_location
*bl
,
12301 enum remove_bp_reason reason
)
12303 /* Let's clear the semaphore before removing the location. */
12304 bl
->probe
.prob
->clear_semaphore (bl
->probe
.objfile
, bl
->gdbarch
);
12306 return bkpt_remove_location (bl
, reason
);
12310 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12311 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12312 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12314 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12316 lsal
.sals
= parse_probes (location
, NULL
, canonical
);
12318 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12319 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12322 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12323 bkpt_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12324 struct event_location
*location
,
12325 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12327 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= parse_probes (location
, search_pspace
, NULL
);
12329 error (_("probe not found"));
12333 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in tracepoints. */
12336 tracepoint_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12338 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12342 tracepoint_breakpoint_hit (const struct bp_location
*bl
,
12343 const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR bp_addr
,
12344 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
12346 /* By definition, the inferior does not report stops at
12352 tracepoint_print_one_detail (const struct breakpoint
*self
,
12353 struct ui_out
*uiout
)
12355 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12356 if (!tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12358 gdb_assert (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
);
12360 uiout
->message ("\tmarker id is %pF\n",
12361 string_field ("static-tracepoint-marker-string-id",
12362 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ()));
12367 tracepoint_print_mention (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12369 if (current_uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12374 case bp_tracepoint
:
12375 printf_filtered (_("Tracepoint"));
12376 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12378 case bp_fast_tracepoint
:
12379 printf_filtered (_("Fast tracepoint"));
12380 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12382 case bp_static_tracepoint
:
12383 printf_filtered (_("Static tracepoint"));
12384 printf_filtered (_(" %d"), b
->number
);
12387 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12388 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) b
->type
);
12395 tracepoint_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*self
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12397 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) self
;
12399 if (self
->type
== bp_fast_tracepoint
)
12400 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "ftrace");
12401 else if (self
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
)
12402 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "strace");
12403 else if (self
->type
== bp_tracepoint
)
12404 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "trace");
12406 internal_error (__FILE__
, __LINE__
,
12407 _("unhandled tracepoint type %d"), (int) self
->type
);
12409 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " %s",
12410 event_location_to_string (self
->location
.get ()));
12411 print_recreate_thread (self
, fp
);
12413 if (tp
->pass_count
)
12414 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " passcount %d\n", tp
->pass_count
);
12418 tracepoint_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12419 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12420 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12422 create_sals_from_location_default (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12426 tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12427 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12428 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12429 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12430 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12431 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12433 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12434 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12435 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12436 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12438 create_breakpoints_sal_default (gdbarch
, canonical
,
12439 std::move (cond_string
),
12440 std::move (extra_string
),
12442 disposition
, thread
, task
,
12443 ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
12444 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
12447 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12448 tracepoint_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12449 struct event_location
*location
,
12450 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12452 return decode_location_default (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12455 struct breakpoint_ops tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
12457 /* Virtual table for tracepoints on static probes. */
12460 tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
12461 (struct event_location
*location
,
12462 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12463 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12465 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12466 bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location (location
, canonical
, type_wanted
);
12469 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12470 tracepoint_probe_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12471 struct event_location
*location
,
12472 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12474 /* We use the same method for breakpoint on probes. */
12475 return bkpt_probe_decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
12478 /* Dprintf breakpoint_ops methods. */
12481 dprintf_re_set (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12483 breakpoint_re_set_default (b
);
12485 /* extra_string should never be non-NULL for dprintf. */
12486 gdb_assert (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
);
12488 /* 1 - connect to target 1, that can run breakpoint commands.
12489 2 - create a dprintf, which resolves fine.
12490 3 - disconnect from target 1
12491 4 - connect to target 2, that can NOT run breakpoint commands.
12493 After steps #3/#4, you'll want the dprintf command list to
12494 be updated, because target 1 and 2 may well return different
12495 answers for target_can_run_breakpoint_commands().
12496 Given absence of finer grained resetting, we get to do
12497 it all the time. */
12498 if (b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
12499 update_dprintf_command_list (b
);
12502 /* Implement the "print_recreate" breakpoint_ops method for dprintf. */
12505 dprintf_print_recreate (struct breakpoint
*tp
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
12507 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "dprintf %s,%s",
12508 event_location_to_string (tp
->location
.get ()),
12509 tp
->extra_string
.get ());
12510 print_recreate_thread (tp
, fp
);
12513 /* Implement the "after_condition_true" breakpoint_ops method for
12516 dprintf's are implemented with regular commands in their command
12517 list, but we run the commands here instead of before presenting the
12518 stop to the user, as dprintf's don't actually cause a stop. This
12519 also makes it so that the commands of multiple dprintfs at the same
12520 address are all handled. */
12523 dprintf_after_condition_true (struct bpstat
*bs
)
12525 /* dprintf's never cause a stop. This wasn't set in the
12526 check_status hook instead because that would make the dprintf's
12527 condition not be evaluated. */
12530 /* Run the command list here. Take ownership of it instead of
12531 copying. We never want these commands to run later in
12532 bpstat_do_actions, if a breakpoint that causes a stop happens to
12533 be set at same address as this dprintf, or even if running the
12534 commands here throws. */
12535 counted_command_line cmds
= std::move (bs
->commands
);
12536 gdb_assert (cmds
!= nullptr);
12537 execute_control_commands (cmds
.get (), 0);
12540 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used on static tracepoints with
12544 strace_marker_create_sals_from_location (struct event_location
*location
,
12545 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12546 enum bptype type_wanted
)
12548 struct linespec_sals lsal
;
12549 const char *arg_start
, *arg
;
12551 arg
= arg_start
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12552 lsal
.sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&arg
);
12554 std::string
str (arg_start
, arg
- arg_start
);
12555 const char *ptr
= str
.c_str ();
12556 canonical
->location
12557 = new_linespec_location (&ptr
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
12560 = xstrdup (event_location_to_string (canonical
->location
.get ()));
12561 canonical
->lsals
.push_back (std::move (lsal
));
12565 strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
12566 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
12567 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
12568 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
12569 enum bptype type_wanted
,
12570 enum bpdisp disposition
,
12572 int task
, int ignore_count
,
12573 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
12574 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
12575 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
12577 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
->lsals
[0];
12579 /* If the user is creating a static tracepoint by marker id
12580 (strace -m MARKER_ID), then store the sals index, so that
12581 breakpoint_re_set can try to match up which of the newly
12582 found markers corresponds to this one, and, don't try to
12583 expand multiple locations for each sal, given than SALS
12584 already should contain all sals for MARKER_ID. */
12586 for (size_t i
= 0; i
< lsal
.sals
.size (); i
++)
12588 event_location_up location
12589 = copy_event_location (canonical
->location
.get ());
12591 std::unique_ptr
<tracepoint
> tp (new tracepoint ());
12592 init_breakpoint_sal (tp
.get (), gdbarch
, lsal
.sals
[i
],
12593 std::move (location
), NULL
,
12594 std::move (cond_string
),
12595 std::move (extra_string
),
12596 type_wanted
, disposition
,
12597 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
,
12598 from_tty
, enabled
, internal
, flags
,
12599 canonical
->special_display
);
12600 /* Given that its possible to have multiple markers with
12601 the same string id, if the user is creating a static
12602 tracepoint by marker id ("strace -m MARKER_ID"), then
12603 store the sals index, so that breakpoint_re_set can
12604 try to match up which of the newly found markers
12605 corresponds to this one */
12606 tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
= i
;
12608 install_breakpoint (internal
, std::move (tp
), 0);
12612 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
12613 strace_marker_decode_location (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12614 struct event_location
*location
,
12615 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
12617 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12618 const char *s
= get_linespec_location (location
)->spec_string
;
12620 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= decode_static_tracepoint_spec (&s
);
12621 if (sals
.size () > tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
)
12623 sals
[0] = sals
[tp
->static_trace_marker_id_idx
];
12628 error (_("marker %s not found"), tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12631 static struct breakpoint_ops strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
12634 strace_marker_p (struct breakpoint
*b
)
12636 return b
->ops
== &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
12639 /* Delete a breakpoint and clean up all traces of it in the data
12643 delete_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
12645 gdb_assert (bpt
!= NULL
);
12647 /* Has this bp already been deleted? This can happen because
12648 multiple lists can hold pointers to bp's. bpstat lists are
12651 One example of this happening is a watchpoint's scope bp. When
12652 the scope bp triggers, we notice that the watchpoint is out of
12653 scope, and delete it. We also delete its scope bp. But the
12654 scope bp is marked "auto-deleting", and is already on a bpstat.
12655 That bpstat is then checked for auto-deleting bp's, which are
12658 A real solution to this problem might involve reference counts in
12659 bp's, and/or giving them pointers back to their referencing
12660 bpstat's, and teaching delete_breakpoint to only free a bp's
12661 storage when no more references were extent. A cheaper bandaid
12663 if (bpt
->type
== bp_none
)
12666 /* At least avoid this stale reference until the reference counting
12667 of breakpoints gets resolved. */
12668 if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
)
12670 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12671 struct watchpoint
*w
;
12673 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12674 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12675 else if (bpt
->related_breakpoint
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
12676 w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
12680 watchpoint_del_at_next_stop (w
);
12682 /* Unlink bpt from the bpt->related_breakpoint ring. */
12683 for (related
= bpt
; related
->related_breakpoint
!= bpt
;
12684 related
= related
->related_breakpoint
);
12685 related
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
->related_breakpoint
;
12686 bpt
->related_breakpoint
= bpt
;
12689 /* watch_command_1 creates a watchpoint but only sets its number if
12690 update_watchpoint succeeds in creating its bp_locations. If there's
12691 a problem in that process, we'll be asked to delete the half-created
12692 watchpoint. In that case, don't announce the deletion. */
12694 gdb::observers::breakpoint_deleted
.notify (bpt
);
12696 if (breakpoint_chain
== bpt
)
12697 breakpoint_chain
= bpt
->next
;
12699 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12700 if (b
->next
== bpt
)
12702 b
->next
= bpt
->next
;
12706 /* Be sure no bpstat's are pointing at the breakpoint after it's
12708 /* FIXME, how can we find all bpstat's? We just check stop_bpstat
12709 in all threads for now. Note that we cannot just remove bpstats
12710 pointing at bpt from the stop_bpstat list entirely, as breakpoint
12711 commands are associated with the bpstat; if we remove it here,
12712 then the later call to bpstat_do_actions (&stop_bpstat); in
12713 event-top.c won't do anything, and temporary breakpoints with
12714 commands won't work. */
12716 iterate_over_threads (bpstat_remove_breakpoint_callback
, bpt
);
12718 /* Now that breakpoint is removed from breakpoint list, update the
12719 global location list. This will remove locations that used to
12720 belong to this breakpoint. Do this before freeing the breakpoint
12721 itself, since remove_breakpoint looks at location's owner. It
12722 might be better design to have location completely
12723 self-contained, but it's not the case now. */
12724 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
12726 /* On the chance that someone will soon try again to delete this
12727 same bp, we mark it as deleted before freeing its storage. */
12728 bpt
->type
= bp_none
;
12732 /* Iterator function to call a user-provided callback function once
12733 for each of B and its related breakpoints. */
12736 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (struct breakpoint
*b
,
12737 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
12739 struct breakpoint
*related
;
12744 struct breakpoint
*next
;
12746 /* FUNCTION may delete RELATED. */
12747 next
= related
->related_breakpoint
;
12749 if (next
== related
)
12751 /* RELATED is the last ring entry. */
12752 function (related
);
12754 /* FUNCTION may have deleted it, so we'd never reach back to
12755 B. There's nothing left to do anyway, so just break
12760 function (related
);
12764 while (related
!= b
);
12768 delete_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
12774 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
12776 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument. Do not delete
12777 internal breakpoints, these have to be deleted with an
12778 explicit breakpoint number argument. */
12779 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
12780 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12782 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
12786 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
12788 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all breakpoints? "))))
12789 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
12790 if (user_breakpoint_p (b
))
12791 delete_breakpoint (b
);
12794 map_breakpoint_numbers
12795 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
12797 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
12801 /* Return true if all locations of B bound to PSPACE are pending. If
12802 PSPACE is NULL, all locations of all program spaces are
12806 all_locations_are_pending (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
12808 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
12809 if ((pspace
== NULL
12810 || loc
->pspace
== pspace
)
12811 && !loc
->shlib_disabled
12812 && !loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
12817 /* Subroutine of update_breakpoint_locations to simplify it.
12818 Return non-zero if multiple fns in list LOC have the same name.
12819 Null names are ignored. */
12822 ambiguous_names_p (struct bp_location
*loc
)
12824 struct bp_location
*l
;
12825 htab_up
htab (htab_create_alloc (13, htab_hash_string
, htab_eq_string
, NULL
,
12828 for (l
= loc
; l
!= NULL
; l
= l
->next
)
12831 const char *name
= l
->function_name
.get ();
12833 /* Allow for some names to be NULL, ignore them. */
12837 slot
= (const char **) htab_find_slot (htab
.get (), (const void *) name
,
12839 /* NOTE: We can assume slot != NULL here because xcalloc never
12849 /* When symbols change, it probably means the sources changed as well,
12850 and it might mean the static tracepoint markers are no longer at
12851 the same address or line numbers they used to be at last we
12852 checked. Losing your static tracepoints whenever you rebuild is
12853 undesirable. This function tries to resync/rematch gdb static
12854 tracepoints with the markers on the target, for static tracepoints
12855 that have not been set by marker id. Static tracepoint that have
12856 been set by marker id are reset by marker id in breakpoint_re_set.
12859 1) For a tracepoint set at a specific address, look for a marker at
12860 the old PC. If one is found there, assume to be the same marker.
12861 If the name / string id of the marker found is different from the
12862 previous known name, assume that means the user renamed the marker
12863 in the sources, and output a warning.
12865 2) For a tracepoint set at a given line number, look for a marker
12866 at the new address of the old line number. If one is found there,
12867 assume to be the same marker. If the name / string id of the
12868 marker found is different from the previous known name, assume that
12869 means the user renamed the marker in the sources, and output a
12872 3) If a marker is no longer found at the same address or line, it
12873 may mean the marker no longer exists. But it may also just mean
12874 the code changed a bit. Maybe the user added a few lines of code
12875 that made the marker move up or down (in line number terms). Ask
12876 the target for info about the marker with the string id as we knew
12877 it. If found, update line number and address in the matching
12878 static tracepoint. This will get confused if there's more than one
12879 marker with the same ID (possible in UST, although unadvised
12880 precisely because it confuses tools). */
12882 static struct symtab_and_line
12883 update_static_tracepoint (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct symtab_and_line sal
)
12885 struct tracepoint
*tp
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
12886 struct static_tracepoint_marker marker
;
12891 find_line_pc (sal
.symtab
, sal
.line
, &pc
);
12893 if (target_static_tracepoint_marker_at (pc
, &marker
))
12895 if (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
!= marker
.str_id
)
12896 warning (_("static tracepoint %d changed probed marker from %s to %s"),
12897 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str (),
12898 marker
.str_id
.c_str ());
12900 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (marker
.str_id
);
12905 /* Old marker wasn't found on target at lineno. Try looking it up
12907 if (!sal
.explicit_pc
12909 && sal
.symtab
!= NULL
12910 && !tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.empty ())
12912 std::vector
<static_tracepoint_marker
> markers
12913 = target_static_tracepoint_markers_by_strid
12914 (tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12916 if (!markers
.empty ())
12918 struct symbol
*sym
;
12919 struct static_tracepoint_marker
*tpmarker
;
12920 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
12921 struct explicit_location explicit_loc
;
12923 tpmarker
= &markers
[0];
12925 tp
->static_trace_marker_id
= std::move (tpmarker
->str_id
);
12927 warning (_("marker for static tracepoint %d (%s) not "
12928 "found at previous line number"),
12929 b
->number
, tp
->static_trace_marker_id
.c_str ());
12931 symtab_and_line sal2
= find_pc_line (tpmarker
->address
, 0);
12932 sym
= find_pc_sect_function (tpmarker
->address
, NULL
);
12933 uiout
->text ("Now in ");
12936 uiout
->field_string ("func", sym
->print_name (),
12937 function_name_style
.style ());
12938 uiout
->text (" at ");
12940 uiout
->field_string ("file",
12941 symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
),
12942 file_name_style
.style ());
12945 if (uiout
->is_mi_like_p ())
12947 const char *fullname
= symtab_to_fullname (sal2
.symtab
);
12949 uiout
->field_string ("fullname", fullname
);
12952 uiout
->field_signed ("line", sal2
.line
);
12953 uiout
->text ("\n");
12955 b
->loc
->line_number
= sal2
.line
;
12956 b
->loc
->symtab
= sym
!= NULL
? sal2
.symtab
: NULL
;
12958 b
->location
.reset (NULL
);
12959 initialize_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
12960 explicit_loc
.source_filename
12961 = ASTRDUP (symtab_to_filename_for_display (sal2
.symtab
));
12962 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.offset
= b
->loc
->line_number
;
12963 explicit_loc
.line_offset
.sign
= LINE_OFFSET_NONE
;
12964 b
->location
= new_explicit_location (&explicit_loc
);
12966 /* Might be nice to check if function changed, and warn if
12973 /* Returns 1 iff locations A and B are sufficiently same that
12974 we don't need to report breakpoint as changed. */
12977 locations_are_equal (struct bp_location
*a
, struct bp_location
*b
)
12981 if (a
->address
!= b
->address
)
12984 if (a
->shlib_disabled
!= b
->shlib_disabled
)
12987 if (a
->enabled
!= b
->enabled
)
12990 if (a
->disabled_by_cond
!= b
->disabled_by_cond
)
12997 if ((a
== NULL
) != (b
== NULL
))
13003 /* Split all locations of B that are bound to PSPACE out of B's
13004 location list to a separate list and return that list's head. If
13005 PSPACE is NULL, hoist out all locations of B. */
13007 static struct bp_location
*
13008 hoist_existing_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct program_space
*pspace
)
13010 struct bp_location head
;
13011 struct bp_location
*i
= b
->loc
;
13012 struct bp_location
**i_link
= &b
->loc
;
13013 struct bp_location
*hoisted
= &head
;
13015 if (pspace
== NULL
)
13026 if (i
->pspace
== pspace
)
13041 /* Create new breakpoint locations for B (a hardware or software
13042 breakpoint) based on SALS and SALS_END. If SALS_END.NELTS is not
13043 zero, then B is a ranged breakpoint. Only recreates locations for
13044 FILTER_PSPACE. Locations of other program spaces are left
13048 update_breakpoint_locations (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13049 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
,
13050 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals
,
13051 gdb::array_view
<const symtab_and_line
> sals_end
)
13053 struct bp_location
*existing_locations
;
13055 if (!sals_end
.empty () && (sals
.size () != 1 || sals_end
.size () != 1))
13057 /* Ranged breakpoints have only one start location and one end
13059 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13060 fprintf_unfiltered (gdb_stderr
,
13061 _("Could not reset ranged breakpoint %d: "
13062 "multiple locations found\n"),
13067 /* If there's no new locations, and all existing locations are
13068 pending, don't do anything. This optimizes the common case where
13069 all locations are in the same shared library, that was unloaded.
13070 We'd like to retain the location, so that when the library is
13071 loaded again, we don't loose the enabled/disabled status of the
13072 individual locations. */
13073 if (all_locations_are_pending (b
, filter_pspace
) && sals
.empty ())
13076 existing_locations
= hoist_existing_locations (b
, filter_pspace
);
13078 for (const auto &sal
: sals
)
13080 struct bp_location
*new_loc
;
13082 switch_to_program_space_and_thread (sal
.pspace
);
13084 new_loc
= add_location_to_breakpoint (b
, &sal
);
13086 /* Reparse conditions, they might contain references to the
13088 if (b
->cond_string
!= NULL
)
13092 s
= b
->cond_string
.get ();
13095 new_loc
->cond
= parse_exp_1 (&s
, sal
.pc
,
13096 block_for_pc (sal
.pc
),
13099 catch (const gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13101 new_loc
->disabled_by_cond
= true;
13105 if (!sals_end
.empty ())
13107 CORE_ADDR end
= find_breakpoint_range_end (sals_end
[0]);
13109 new_loc
->length
= end
- sals
[0].pc
+ 1;
13113 /* If possible, carry over 'disable' status from existing
13116 struct bp_location
*e
= existing_locations
;
13117 /* If there are multiple breakpoints with the same function name,
13118 e.g. for inline functions, comparing function names won't work.
13119 Instead compare pc addresses; this is just a heuristic as things
13120 may have moved, but in practice it gives the correct answer
13121 often enough until a better solution is found. */
13122 int have_ambiguous_names
= ambiguous_names_p (b
->loc
);
13124 for (; e
; e
= e
->next
)
13126 if ((!e
->enabled
|| e
->disabled_by_cond
) && e
->function_name
)
13128 if (have_ambiguous_names
)
13130 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
13132 /* Ignore software vs hardware location type at
13133 this point, because with "set breakpoint
13134 auto-hw", after a re-set, locations that were
13135 hardware can end up as software, or vice versa.
13136 As mentioned above, this is an heuristic and in
13137 practice should give the correct answer often
13139 if (breakpoint_locations_match (e
, l
, true))
13141 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13142 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13149 for (bp_location
*l
: b
->locations ())
13150 if (l
->function_name
13151 && strcmp (e
->function_name
.get (),
13152 l
->function_name
.get ()) == 0)
13154 l
->enabled
= e
->enabled
;
13155 l
->disabled_by_cond
= e
->disabled_by_cond
;
13163 if (!locations_are_equal (existing_locations
, b
->loc
))
13164 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13167 /* Find the SaL locations corresponding to the given LOCATION.
13168 On return, FOUND will be 1 if any SaL was found, zero otherwise. */
13170 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13171 location_to_sals (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct event_location
*location
,
13172 struct program_space
*search_pspace
, int *found
)
13174 struct gdb_exception exception
;
13176 gdb_assert (b
->ops
!= NULL
);
13178 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
;
13182 sals
= b
->ops
->decode_location (b
, location
, search_pspace
);
13184 catch (gdb_exception_error
&e
)
13186 int not_found_and_ok
= 0;
13188 /* For pending breakpoints, it's expected that parsing will
13189 fail until the right shared library is loaded. User has
13190 already told to create pending breakpoints and don't need
13191 extra messages. If breakpoint is in bp_shlib_disabled
13192 state, then user already saw the message about that
13193 breakpoint being disabled, and don't want to see more
13195 if (e
.error
== NOT_FOUND_ERROR
13196 && (b
->condition_not_parsed
13198 && search_pspace
!= NULL
13199 && b
->loc
->pspace
!= search_pspace
)
13200 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->shlib_disabled
)
13201 || (b
->loc
&& b
->loc
->pspace
->executing_startup
)
13202 || b
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
))
13203 not_found_and_ok
= 1;
13205 if (!not_found_and_ok
)
13207 /* We surely don't want to warn about the same breakpoint
13208 10 times. One solution, implemented here, is disable
13209 the breakpoint on error. Another solution would be to
13210 have separate 'warning emitted' flag. Since this
13211 happens only when a binary has changed, I don't know
13212 which approach is better. */
13213 b
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13217 exception
= std::move (e
);
13220 if (exception
.reason
== 0 || exception
.error
!= NOT_FOUND_ERROR
)
13222 for (auto &sal
: sals
)
13223 resolve_sal_pc (&sal
);
13224 if (b
->condition_not_parsed
&& b
->extra_string
!= NULL
)
13226 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
, extra_string
;
13229 find_condition_and_thread_for_sals (sals
, b
->extra_string
.get (),
13230 &cond_string
, &thread
,
13231 &task
, &extra_string
);
13232 gdb_assert (b
->cond_string
== NULL
);
13234 b
->cond_string
= std::move (cond_string
);
13235 b
->thread
= thread
;
13238 b
->extra_string
= std::move (extra_string
);
13239 b
->condition_not_parsed
= 0;
13242 if (b
->type
== bp_static_tracepoint
&& !strace_marker_p (b
))
13243 sals
[0] = update_static_tracepoint (b
, sals
[0]);
13253 /* The default re_set method, for typical hardware or software
13254 breakpoints. Reevaluate the breakpoint and recreate its
13258 breakpoint_re_set_default (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13260 struct program_space
*filter_pspace
= current_program_space
;
13261 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> expanded
, expanded_end
;
13264 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals
= location_to_sals (b
, b
->location
.get (),
13265 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13267 expanded
= std::move (sals
);
13269 if (b
->location_range_end
!= NULL
)
13271 std::vector
<symtab_and_line
> sals_end
13272 = location_to_sals (b
, b
->location_range_end
.get (),
13273 filter_pspace
, &found
);
13275 expanded_end
= std::move (sals_end
);
13278 update_breakpoint_locations (b
, filter_pspace
, expanded
, expanded_end
);
13281 /* Default method for creating SALs from an address string. It basically
13282 calls parse_breakpoint_sals. Return 1 for success, zero for failure. */
13285 create_sals_from_location_default (struct event_location
*location
,
13286 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13287 enum bptype type_wanted
)
13289 parse_breakpoint_sals (location
, canonical
);
13292 /* Call create_breakpoints_sal for the given arguments. This is the default
13293 function for the `create_breakpoints_sal' method of
13297 create_breakpoints_sal_default (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13298 struct linespec_result
*canonical
,
13299 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> cond_string
,
13300 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> extra_string
,
13301 enum bptype type_wanted
,
13302 enum bpdisp disposition
,
13304 int task
, int ignore_count
,
13305 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
,
13306 int from_tty
, int enabled
,
13307 int internal
, unsigned flags
)
13309 create_breakpoints_sal (gdbarch
, canonical
,
13310 std::move (cond_string
),
13311 std::move (extra_string
),
13312 type_wanted
, disposition
,
13313 thread
, task
, ignore_count
, ops
, from_tty
,
13314 enabled
, internal
, flags
);
13317 /* Decode the line represented by S by calling decode_line_full. This is the
13318 default function for the `decode_location' method of breakpoint_ops. */
13320 static std::vector
<symtab_and_line
>
13321 decode_location_default (struct breakpoint
*b
,
13322 struct event_location
*location
,
13323 struct program_space
*search_pspace
)
13325 struct linespec_result canonical
;
13327 decode_line_full (location
, DECODE_LINE_FUNFIRSTLINE
, search_pspace
,
13328 NULL
, 0, &canonical
, multiple_symbols_all
,
13331 /* We should get 0 or 1 resulting SALs. */
13332 gdb_assert (canonical
.lsals
.size () < 2);
13334 if (!canonical
.lsals
.empty ())
13336 const linespec_sals
&lsal
= canonical
.lsals
[0];
13337 return std::move (lsal
.sals
);
13342 /* Reset a breakpoint. */
13345 breakpoint_re_set_one (breakpoint
*b
)
13347 input_radix
= b
->input_radix
;
13348 set_language (b
->language
);
13350 b
->ops
->re_set (b
);
13353 /* Re-set breakpoint locations for the current program space.
13354 Locations bound to other program spaces are left untouched. */
13357 breakpoint_re_set (void)
13360 scoped_restore_current_language save_language
;
13361 scoped_restore save_input_radix
= make_scoped_restore (&input_radix
);
13362 scoped_restore_current_pspace_and_thread restore_pspace_thread
;
13364 /* breakpoint_re_set_one sets the current_language to the language
13365 of the breakpoint it is resetting (see prepare_re_set_context)
13366 before re-evaluating the breakpoint's location. This change can
13367 unfortunately get undone by accident if the language_mode is set
13368 to auto, and we either switch frames, or more likely in this context,
13369 we select the current frame.
13371 We prevent this by temporarily turning the language_mode to
13372 language_mode_manual. We restore it once all breakpoints
13373 have been reset. */
13374 scoped_restore save_language_mode
= make_scoped_restore (&language_mode
);
13375 language_mode
= language_mode_manual
;
13377 /* Note: we must not try to insert locations until after all
13378 breakpoints have been re-set. Otherwise, e.g., when re-setting
13379 breakpoint 1, we'd insert the locations of breakpoint 2, which
13380 hadn't been re-set yet, and thus may have stale locations. */
13382 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13386 breakpoint_re_set_one (b
);
13388 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
13390 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, ex
,
13391 "Error in re-setting breakpoint %d: ",
13396 jit_breakpoint_re_set ();
13399 create_overlay_event_breakpoint ();
13400 create_longjmp_master_breakpoint ();
13401 create_std_terminate_master_breakpoint ();
13402 create_exception_master_breakpoint ();
13404 /* Now we can insert. */
13405 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13408 /* Reset the thread number of this breakpoint:
13410 - If the breakpoint is for all threads, leave it as-is.
13411 - Else, reset it to the current thread for inferior_ptid. */
13413 breakpoint_re_set_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
)
13415 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
13417 b
->thread
= inferior_thread ()->global_num
;
13419 /* We're being called after following a fork. The new fork is
13420 selected as current, and unless this was a vfork will have a
13421 different program space from the original thread. Reset that
13423 b
->loc
->pspace
= current_program_space
;
13427 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13428 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13429 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13432 set_ignore_count (int bptnum
, int count
, int from_tty
)
13437 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
13438 if (b
->number
== bptnum
)
13440 if (is_tracepoint (b
))
13442 if (from_tty
&& count
!= 0)
13443 printf_filtered (_("Ignore count ignored for tracepoint %d."),
13448 b
->ignore_count
= count
;
13452 printf_filtered (_("Will stop next time "
13453 "breakpoint %d is reached."),
13455 else if (count
== 1)
13456 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next crossing of breakpoint %d."),
13459 printf_filtered (_("Will ignore next %d "
13460 "crossings of breakpoint %d."),
13463 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (b
);
13467 error (_("No breakpoint number %d."), bptnum
);
13470 /* Command to set ignore-count of breakpoint N to COUNT. */
13473 ignore_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13475 const char *p
= args
;
13479 error_no_arg (_("a breakpoint number"));
13481 num
= get_number (&p
);
13483 error (_("bad breakpoint number: '%s'"), args
);
13485 error (_("Second argument (specified ignore-count) is missing."));
13487 set_ignore_count (num
,
13488 longest_to_int (value_as_long (parse_and_eval (p
))),
13491 printf_filtered ("\n");
13495 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints with numbers in the range
13496 defined by BP_NUM_RANGE (an inclusive range). */
13499 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
,
13500 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13502 if (bp_num_range
.first
== 0)
13504 warning (_("bad breakpoint number at or near '%d'"),
13505 bp_num_range
.first
);
13509 for (int i
= bp_num_range
.first
; i
<= bp_num_range
.second
; i
++)
13511 bool match
= false;
13513 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
13514 if (b
->number
== i
)
13521 printf_filtered (_("No breakpoint number %d.\n"), i
);
13526 /* Call FUNCTION on each of the breakpoints whose numbers are given in
13530 map_breakpoint_numbers (const char *args
,
13531 gdb::function_view
<void (breakpoint
*)> function
)
13533 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
13534 error_no_arg (_("one or more breakpoint numbers"));
13536 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
13538 while (!parser
.finished ())
13540 int num
= parser
.get_number ();
13541 map_breakpoint_number_range (std::make_pair (num
, num
), function
);
13545 /* Return the breakpoint location structure corresponding to the
13546 BP_NUM and LOC_NUM values. */
13548 static struct bp_location
*
13549 find_location_by_number (int bp_num
, int loc_num
)
13551 breakpoint
*b
= get_breakpoint (bp_num
);
13553 if (!b
|| b
->number
!= bp_num
)
13554 error (_("Bad breakpoint number '%d'"), bp_num
);
13557 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13560 for (bp_location
*loc
: b
->locations ())
13561 if (++n
== loc_num
)
13564 error (_("Bad breakpoint location number '%d'"), loc_num
);
13567 /* Modes of operation for extract_bp_num. */
13568 enum class extract_bp_kind
13570 /* Extracting a breakpoint number. */
13573 /* Extracting a location number. */
13577 /* Extract a breakpoint or location number (as determined by KIND)
13578 from the string starting at START. TRAILER is a character which
13579 can be found after the number. If you don't want a trailer, use
13580 '\0'. If END_OUT is not NULL, it is set to point after the parsed
13581 string. This always returns a positive integer. */
13584 extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind kind
, const char *start
,
13585 int trailer
, const char **end_out
= NULL
)
13587 const char *end
= start
;
13588 int num
= get_number_trailer (&end
, trailer
);
13590 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13591 ? _("Negative breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13592 : _("Negative breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13593 int (end
- start
), start
);
13595 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13596 ? _("Bad breakpoint number '%.*s'")
13597 : _("Bad breakpoint location number '%.*s'"),
13598 int (end
- start
), start
);
13600 if (end_out
!= NULL
)
13605 /* Extract a breakpoint or location range (as determined by KIND) in
13606 the form NUM1-NUM2 stored at &ARG[arg_offset]. Returns a std::pair
13607 representing the (inclusive) range. The returned pair's elements
13608 are always positive integers. */
13610 static std::pair
<int, int>
13611 extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind kind
,
13612 const std::string
&arg
,
13613 std::string::size_type arg_offset
)
13615 std::pair
<int, int> range
;
13616 const char *bp_loc
= &arg
[arg_offset
];
13617 std::string::size_type dash
= arg
.find ('-', arg_offset
);
13618 if (dash
!= std::string::npos
)
13620 /* bp_loc is a range (x-z). */
13621 if (arg
.length () == dash
+ 1)
13622 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13623 ? _("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'")
13624 : _("Bad breakpoint location number at or near: '%s'"),
13628 const char *start_first
= bp_loc
;
13629 const char *start_second
= &arg
[dash
+ 1];
13630 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_first
, '-');
13631 range
.second
= extract_bp_num (kind
, start_second
, '\0', &end
);
13633 if (range
.first
> range
.second
)
13634 error (kind
== extract_bp_kind::bp
13635 ? _("Inverted breakpoint range at '%.*s'")
13636 : _("Inverted breakpoint location range at '%.*s'"),
13637 int (end
- start_first
), start_first
);
13641 /* bp_loc is a single value. */
13642 range
.first
= extract_bp_num (kind
, bp_loc
, '\0');
13643 range
.second
= range
.first
;
13648 /* Extract the breakpoint/location range specified by ARG. Returns
13649 the breakpoint range in BP_NUM_RANGE, and the location range in
13652 ARG may be in any of the following forms:
13654 x where 'x' is a breakpoint number.
13655 x-y where 'x' and 'y' specify a breakpoint numbers range.
13656 x.y where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' a location number.
13657 x.y-z where 'x' is a breakpoint number and 'y' and 'z' specify a
13658 location number range.
13662 extract_bp_number_and_location (const std::string
&arg
,
13663 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_num_range
,
13664 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
)
13666 std::string::size_type dot
= arg
.find ('.');
13668 if (dot
!= std::string::npos
)
13670 /* Handle 'x.y' and 'x.y-z' cases. */
13672 if (arg
.length () == dot
+ 1 || dot
== 0)
13673 error (_("Bad breakpoint number at or near: '%s'"), arg
.c_str ());
13676 = extract_bp_num (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
.c_str (), '.');
13677 bp_num_range
.second
= bp_num_range
.first
;
13679 bp_loc_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::loc
,
13684 /* Handle x and x-y cases. */
13686 bp_num_range
= extract_bp_or_bp_range (extract_bp_kind::bp
, arg
, 0);
13687 bp_loc_range
.first
= 0;
13688 bp_loc_range
.second
= 0;
13692 /* Enable or disable a breakpoint location BP_NUM.LOC_NUM. ENABLE
13693 specifies whether to enable or disable. */
13696 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (int bp_num
, int loc_num
, bool enable
)
13698 struct bp_location
*loc
= find_location_by_number (bp_num
, loc_num
);
13701 if (loc
->disabled_by_cond
&& enable
)
13702 error (_("Breakpoint %d's condition is invalid at location %d, "
13703 "cannot enable."), bp_num
, loc_num
);
13705 if (loc
->enabled
!= enable
)
13707 loc
->enabled
= enable
;
13708 mark_breakpoint_location_modified (loc
);
13710 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13711 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& loc
->owner
13712 && is_tracepoint (loc
->owner
))
13713 target_disable_tracepoint (loc
);
13715 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13717 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (loc
->owner
);
13720 /* Enable or disable a range of breakpoint locations. BP_NUM is the
13721 number of the breakpoint, and BP_LOC_RANGE specifies the
13722 (inclusive) range of location numbers of that breakpoint to
13723 enable/disable. ENABLE specifies whether to enable or disable the
13727 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range (int bp_num
,
13728 std::pair
<int, int> &bp_loc_range
,
13731 for (int i
= bp_loc_range
.first
; i
<= bp_loc_range
.second
; i
++)
13732 enable_disable_bp_num_loc (bp_num
, i
, enable
);
13735 /* Set ignore-count of breakpoint number BPTNUM to COUNT.
13736 If from_tty is nonzero, it prints a message to that effect,
13737 which ends with a period (no newline). */
13740 disable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13742 /* Never disable a watchpoint scope breakpoint; we want to
13743 hit them when we leave scope so we can delete both the
13744 watchpoint and its scope breakpoint at that time. */
13745 if (bpt
->type
== bp_watchpoint_scope
)
13748 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13750 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13751 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13753 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13754 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13756 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
13757 target_disable_tracepoint (location
);
13760 update_global_location_list (UGLL_DONT_INSERT
);
13762 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
13765 /* Enable or disable the breakpoint(s) or breakpoint location(s)
13766 specified in ARGS. ARGS may be in any of the formats handled by
13767 extract_bp_number_and_location. ENABLE specifies whether to enable
13768 or disable the breakpoints/locations. */
13771 enable_disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
, bool enable
)
13775 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
13776 if (user_breakpoint_p (bpt
))
13779 enable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13781 disable_breakpoint (bpt
);
13786 std::string num
= extract_arg (&args
);
13788 while (!num
.empty ())
13790 std::pair
<int, int> bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
;
13792 extract_bp_number_and_location (num
, bp_num_range
, bp_loc_range
);
13794 if (bp_loc_range
.first
== bp_loc_range
.second
13795 && bp_loc_range
.first
== 0)
13797 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x' or 'x-z'. */
13798 map_breakpoint_number_range (bp_num_range
,
13800 ? enable_breakpoint
13801 : disable_breakpoint
);
13805 /* Handle breakpoint ids with formats 'x.y' or
13807 enable_disable_breakpoint_location_range
13808 (bp_num_range
.first
, bp_loc_range
, enable
);
13810 num
= extract_arg (&args
);
13815 /* The disable command disables the specified breakpoints/locations
13816 (or all defined breakpoints) so they're no longer effective in
13817 stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the forms defined in
13818 extract_bp_number_and_location. */
13821 disable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13823 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, false);
13827 enable_breakpoint_disp (struct breakpoint
*bpt
, enum bpdisp disposition
,
13830 int target_resources_ok
;
13832 if (bpt
->type
== bp_hardware_breakpoint
)
13835 i
= hw_breakpoint_used_count ();
13836 target_resources_ok
=
13837 target_can_use_hardware_watchpoint (bp_hardware_breakpoint
,
13839 if (target_resources_ok
== 0)
13840 error (_("No hardware breakpoint support in the target."));
13841 else if (target_resources_ok
< 0)
13842 error (_("Hardware breakpoints used exceeds limit."));
13845 if (is_watchpoint (bpt
))
13847 /* Initialize it just to avoid a GCC false warning. */
13848 enum enable_state orig_enable_state
= bp_disabled
;
13852 struct watchpoint
*w
= (struct watchpoint
*) bpt
;
13854 orig_enable_state
= bpt
->enable_state
;
13855 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13856 update_watchpoint (w
, 1 /* reparse */);
13858 catch (const gdb_exception
&e
)
13860 bpt
->enable_state
= orig_enable_state
;
13861 exception_fprintf (gdb_stderr
, e
, _("Cannot enable watchpoint %d: "),
13867 bpt
->enable_state
= bp_enabled
;
13869 /* Mark breakpoint locations modified. */
13870 mark_breakpoint_modified (bpt
);
13872 if (target_supports_enable_disable_tracepoint ()
13873 && current_trace_status ()->running
&& is_tracepoint (bpt
))
13875 for (bp_location
*location
: bpt
->locations ())
13876 target_enable_tracepoint (location
);
13879 bpt
->disposition
= disposition
;
13880 bpt
->enable_count
= count
;
13881 update_global_location_list (UGLL_MAY_INSERT
);
13883 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (bpt
);
13888 enable_breakpoint (struct breakpoint
*bpt
)
13890 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, bpt
->disposition
, 0);
13893 /* The enable command enables the specified breakpoints/locations (or
13894 all defined breakpoints) so they once again become (or continue to
13895 be) effective in stopping the inferior. ARGS may be in any of the
13896 forms defined in extract_bp_number_and_location. */
13899 enable_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13901 enable_disable_command (args
, from_tty
, true);
13905 enable_once_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13907 map_breakpoint_numbers
13908 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13910 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13911 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13913 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, 1);
13919 enable_count_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13924 error_no_arg (_("hit count"));
13926 count
= get_number (&args
);
13928 map_breakpoint_numbers
13929 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13931 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13932 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13934 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_disable
, count
);
13940 enable_delete_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
13942 map_breakpoint_numbers
13943 (args
, [&] (breakpoint
*b
)
13945 iterate_over_related_breakpoints
13946 (b
, [&] (breakpoint
*bpt
)
13948 enable_breakpoint_disp (bpt
, disp_del
, 1);
13953 /* Invalidate last known value of any hardware watchpoint if
13954 the memory which that value represents has been written to by
13958 invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change (struct inferior
*inferior
,
13959 CORE_ADDR addr
, ssize_t len
,
13960 const bfd_byte
*data
)
13962 for (breakpoint
*bp
: all_breakpoints ())
13963 if (bp
->enable_state
== bp_enabled
13964 && bp
->type
== bp_hardware_watchpoint
)
13966 struct watchpoint
*wp
= (struct watchpoint
*) bp
;
13968 if (wp
->val_valid
&& wp
->val
!= nullptr)
13970 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
13971 if (loc
->loc_type
== bp_loc_hardware_watchpoint
13972 && loc
->address
+ loc
->length
> addr
13973 && addr
+ len
> loc
->address
)
13976 wp
->val_valid
= false;
13982 /* Create and insert a breakpoint for software single step. */
13985 insert_single_step_breakpoint (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
,
13986 const address_space
*aspace
,
13989 struct thread_info
*tp
= inferior_thread ();
13990 struct symtab_and_line sal
;
13991 CORE_ADDR pc
= next_pc
;
13993 if (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
== NULL
)
13995 tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
13996 = new_single_step_breakpoint (tp
->global_num
, gdbarch
);
13999 sal
= find_pc_line (pc
, 0);
14001 sal
.section
= find_pc_overlay (pc
);
14002 sal
.explicit_pc
= 1;
14003 add_location_to_breakpoint (tp
->control
.single_step_breakpoints
, &sal
);
14005 update_global_location_list (UGLL_INSERT
);
14008 /* Insert single step breakpoints according to the current state. */
14011 insert_single_step_breakpoints (struct gdbarch
*gdbarch
)
14013 struct regcache
*regcache
= get_current_regcache ();
14014 std::vector
<CORE_ADDR
> next_pcs
;
14016 next_pcs
= gdbarch_software_single_step (gdbarch
, regcache
);
14018 if (!next_pcs
.empty ())
14020 struct frame_info
*frame
= get_current_frame ();
14021 const address_space
*aspace
= get_frame_address_space (frame
);
14023 for (CORE_ADDR pc
: next_pcs
)
14024 insert_single_step_breakpoint (gdbarch
, aspace
, pc
);
14032 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14035 breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (struct breakpoint
*bp
,
14036 const address_space
*aspace
,
14039 for (bp_location
*loc
: bp
->locations ())
14041 && breakpoint_location_address_match (loc
, aspace
, pc
))
14047 /* Check whether a software single-step breakpoint is inserted at
14051 single_step_breakpoint_inserted_here_p (const address_space
*aspace
,
14054 for (breakpoint
*bpt
: all_breakpoints ())
14056 if (bpt
->type
== bp_single_step
14057 && breakpoint_has_location_inserted_here (bpt
, aspace
, pc
))
14063 /* Tracepoint-specific operations. */
14065 /* Set tracepoint count to NUM. */
14067 set_tracepoint_count (int num
)
14069 tracepoint_count
= num
;
14070 set_internalvar_integer (lookup_internalvar ("tpnum"), num
);
14074 trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14076 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14078 const struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
= breakpoint_ops_for_event_location
14079 (location
.get (), true /* is_tracepoint */);
14081 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14083 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14085 bp_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14086 0 /* Ignore count */,
14087 pending_break_support
,
14091 0 /* internal */, 0);
14095 ftrace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14097 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
,
14099 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14101 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14103 bp_fast_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14104 0 /* Ignore count */,
14105 pending_break_support
,
14106 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14109 0 /* internal */, 0);
14112 /* strace command implementation. Creates a static tracepoint. */
14115 strace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14117 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14118 event_location_up location
;
14120 /* Decide if we are dealing with a static tracepoint marker (`-m'),
14121 or with a normal static tracepoint. */
14122 if (arg
&& startswith (arg
, "-m") && isspace (arg
[2]))
14124 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14125 location
= new_linespec_location (&arg
, symbol_name_match_type::FULL
);
14129 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14130 location
= string_to_event_location (&arg
, current_language
);
14133 create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14135 NULL
, 0, arg
, false, 1 /* parse arg */,
14137 bp_static_tracepoint
/* type_wanted */,
14138 0 /* Ignore count */,
14139 pending_break_support
,
14143 0 /* internal */, 0);
14146 /* Set up a fake reader function that gets command lines from a linked
14147 list that was acquired during tracepoint uploading. */
14149 static struct uploaded_tp
*this_utp
;
14150 static int next_cmd
;
14153 read_uploaded_action (void)
14155 char *rslt
= nullptr;
14157 if (next_cmd
< this_utp
->cmd_strings
.size ())
14159 rslt
= this_utp
->cmd_strings
[next_cmd
].get ();
14166 /* Given information about a tracepoint as recorded on a target (which
14167 can be either a live system or a trace file), attempt to create an
14168 equivalent GDB tracepoint. This is not a reliable process, since
14169 the target does not necessarily have all the information used when
14170 the tracepoint was originally defined. */
14172 struct tracepoint
*
14173 create_tracepoint_from_upload (struct uploaded_tp
*utp
)
14175 const char *addr_str
;
14176 char small_buf
[100];
14177 struct tracepoint
*tp
;
14179 if (utp
->at_string
)
14180 addr_str
= utp
->at_string
.get ();
14183 /* In the absence of a source location, fall back to raw
14184 address. Since there is no way to confirm that the address
14185 means the same thing as when the trace was started, warn the
14187 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d has no "
14188 "source location, using raw address"),
14190 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "*%s", hex_string (utp
->addr
));
14191 addr_str
= small_buf
;
14194 /* There's not much we can do with a sequence of bytecodes. */
14195 if (utp
->cond
&& !utp
->cond_string
)
14196 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d condition "
14197 "has no source form, ignoring it"),
14200 event_location_up location
= string_to_event_location (&addr_str
,
14202 if (!create_breakpoint (get_current_arch (),
14204 utp
->cond_string
.get (), -1, addr_str
,
14205 false /* force_condition */,
14206 0 /* parse cond/thread */,
14208 utp
->type
/* type_wanted */,
14209 0 /* Ignore count */,
14210 pending_break_support
,
14211 &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
,
14213 utp
->enabled
/* enabled */,
14215 CREATE_BREAKPOINT_FLAGS_INSERTED
))
14218 /* Get the tracepoint we just created. */
14219 tp
= get_tracepoint (tracepoint_count
);
14220 gdb_assert (tp
!= NULL
);
14224 xsnprintf (small_buf
, sizeof (small_buf
), "%d %d", utp
->pass
,
14227 trace_pass_command (small_buf
, 0);
14230 /* If we have uploaded versions of the original commands, set up a
14231 special-purpose "reader" function and call the usual command line
14232 reader, then pass the result to the breakpoint command-setting
14234 if (!utp
->cmd_strings
.empty ())
14236 counted_command_line cmd_list
;
14241 cmd_list
= read_command_lines_1 (read_uploaded_action
, 1, NULL
);
14243 breakpoint_set_commands (tp
, std::move (cmd_list
));
14245 else if (!utp
->actions
.empty ()
14246 || !utp
->step_actions
.empty ())
14247 warning (_("Uploaded tracepoint %d actions "
14248 "have no source form, ignoring them"),
14251 /* Copy any status information that might be available. */
14252 tp
->hit_count
= utp
->hit_count
;
14253 tp
->traceframe_usage
= utp
->traceframe_usage
;
14258 /* Print information on tracepoint number TPNUM_EXP, or all if
14262 info_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14264 struct ui_out
*uiout
= current_uiout
;
14267 num_printed
= breakpoint_1 (args
, false, is_tracepoint
);
14269 if (num_printed
== 0)
14271 if (args
== NULL
|| *args
== '\0')
14272 uiout
->message ("No tracepoints.\n");
14274 uiout
->message ("No tracepoint matching '%s'.\n", args
);
14277 default_collect_info ();
14280 /* The 'enable trace' command enables tracepoints.
14281 Not supported by all targets. */
14283 enable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14285 enable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14288 /* The 'disable trace' command disables tracepoints.
14289 Not supported by all targets. */
14291 disable_trace_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14293 disable_command (args
, from_tty
);
14296 /* Remove a tracepoint (or all if no argument). */
14298 delete_trace_command (const char *arg
, int from_tty
)
14304 int breaks_to_delete
= 0;
14306 /* Delete all breakpoints if no argument.
14307 Do not delete internal or call-dummy breakpoints, these
14308 have to be deleted with an explicit breakpoint number
14310 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_tracepoints ())
14311 if (is_tracepoint (tp
) && user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14313 breaks_to_delete
= 1;
14317 /* Ask user only if there are some breakpoints to delete. */
14319 || (breaks_to_delete
&& query (_("Delete all tracepoints? "))))
14321 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints_safe ())
14322 if (is_tracepoint (b
) && user_breakpoint_p (b
))
14323 delete_breakpoint (b
);
14327 map_breakpoint_numbers
14328 (arg
, [&] (breakpoint
*br
)
14330 iterate_over_related_breakpoints (br
, delete_breakpoint
);
14334 /* Helper function for trace_pass_command. */
14337 trace_pass_set_count (struct tracepoint
*tp
, int count
, int from_tty
)
14339 tp
->pass_count
= count
;
14340 gdb::observers::breakpoint_modified
.notify (tp
);
14342 printf_filtered (_("Setting tracepoint %d's passcount to %d\n"),
14343 tp
->number
, count
);
14346 /* Set passcount for tracepoint.
14348 First command argument is passcount, second is tracepoint number.
14349 If tracepoint number omitted, apply to most recently defined.
14350 Also accepts special argument "all". */
14353 trace_pass_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14355 struct tracepoint
*t1
;
14358 if (args
== 0 || *args
== 0)
14359 error (_("passcount command requires an "
14360 "argument (count + optional TP num)"));
14362 count
= strtoulst (args
, &args
, 10); /* Count comes first, then TP num. */
14364 args
= skip_spaces (args
);
14365 if (*args
&& strncasecmp (args
, "all", 3) == 0)
14367 args
+= 3; /* Skip special argument "all". */
14369 error (_("Junk at end of arguments."));
14371 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14373 t1
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14374 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14377 else if (*args
== '\0')
14379 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, NULL
);
14381 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14385 number_or_range_parser
parser (args
);
14386 while (!parser
.finished ())
14388 t1
= get_tracepoint_by_number (&args
, &parser
);
14390 trace_pass_set_count (t1
, count
, from_tty
);
14395 struct tracepoint
*
14396 get_tracepoint (int num
)
14398 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14399 if (t
->number
== num
)
14400 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14405 /* Find the tracepoint with the given target-side number (which may be
14406 different from the tracepoint number after disconnecting and
14409 struct tracepoint
*
14410 get_tracepoint_by_number_on_target (int num
)
14412 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_tracepoints ())
14414 struct tracepoint
*t
= (struct tracepoint
*) b
;
14416 if (t
->number_on_target
== num
)
14423 /* Utility: parse a tracepoint number and look it up in the list.
14424 If STATE is not NULL, use, get_number_or_range_state and ignore ARG.
14425 If the argument is missing, the most recent tracepoint
14426 (tracepoint_count) is returned. */
14428 struct tracepoint
*
14429 get_tracepoint_by_number (const char **arg
,
14430 number_or_range_parser
*parser
)
14433 const char *instring
= arg
== NULL
? NULL
: *arg
;
14435 if (parser
!= NULL
)
14437 gdb_assert (!parser
->finished ());
14438 tpnum
= parser
->get_number ();
14440 else if (arg
== NULL
|| *arg
== NULL
|| ! **arg
)
14441 tpnum
= tracepoint_count
;
14443 tpnum
= get_number (arg
);
14447 if (instring
&& *instring
)
14448 printf_filtered (_("bad tracepoint number at or near '%s'\n"),
14451 printf_filtered (_("No previous tracepoint\n"));
14455 for (breakpoint
*t
: all_tracepoints ())
14456 if (t
->number
== tpnum
)
14457 return (struct tracepoint
*) t
;
14459 printf_filtered ("No tracepoint number %d.\n", tpnum
);
14464 print_recreate_thread (struct breakpoint
*b
, struct ui_file
*fp
)
14466 if (b
->thread
!= -1)
14467 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " thread %d", b
->thread
);
14470 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, " task %d", b
->task
);
14472 fprintf_unfiltered (fp
, "\n");
14475 /* Save information on user settable breakpoints (watchpoints, etc) to
14476 a new script file named FILENAME. If FILTER is non-NULL, call it
14477 on each breakpoint and only include the ones for which it returns
14481 save_breakpoints (const char *filename
, int from_tty
,
14482 bool (*filter
) (const struct breakpoint
*))
14485 int extra_trace_bits
= 0;
14487 if (filename
== 0 || *filename
== 0)
14488 error (_("Argument required (file name in which to save)"));
14490 /* See if we have anything to save. */
14491 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14493 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14494 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14497 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14498 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14503 if (is_tracepoint (tp
))
14505 extra_trace_bits
= 1;
14507 /* We can stop searching. */
14514 warning (_("Nothing to save."));
14518 gdb::unique_xmalloc_ptr
<char> expanded_filename (tilde_expand (filename
));
14522 if (!fp
.open (expanded_filename
.get (), "w"))
14523 error (_("Unable to open file '%s' for saving (%s)"),
14524 expanded_filename
.get (), safe_strerror (errno
));
14526 if (extra_trace_bits
)
14527 save_trace_state_variables (&fp
);
14529 for (breakpoint
*tp
: all_breakpoints ())
14531 /* Skip internal and momentary breakpoints. */
14532 if (!user_breakpoint_p (tp
))
14535 /* If we have a filter, only save the breakpoints it accepts. */
14536 if (filter
&& !filter (tp
))
14539 tp
->ops
->print_recreate (tp
, &fp
);
14541 /* Note, we can't rely on tp->number for anything, as we can't
14542 assume the recreated breakpoint numbers will match. Use $bpnum
14545 if (tp
->cond_string
)
14546 fp
.printf (" condition $bpnum %s\n", tp
->cond_string
.get ());
14548 if (tp
->ignore_count
)
14549 fp
.printf (" ignore $bpnum %d\n", tp
->ignore_count
);
14551 if (tp
->type
!= bp_dprintf
&& tp
->commands
)
14553 fp
.puts (" commands\n");
14555 current_uiout
->redirect (&fp
);
14558 print_command_lines (current_uiout
, tp
->commands
.get (), 2);
14560 catch (const gdb_exception
&ex
)
14562 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
14566 current_uiout
->redirect (NULL
);
14567 fp
.puts (" end\n");
14570 if (tp
->enable_state
== bp_disabled
)
14571 fp
.puts ("disable $bpnum\n");
14573 /* If this is a multi-location breakpoint, check if the locations
14574 should be individually disabled. Watchpoint locations are
14575 special, and not user visible. */
14576 if (!is_watchpoint (tp
) && tp
->loc
&& tp
->loc
->next
)
14580 for (bp_location
*loc
: tp
->locations ())
14583 fp
.printf ("disable $bpnum.%d\n", n
);
14590 if (extra_trace_bits
&& !default_collect
.empty ())
14591 fp
.printf ("set default-collect %s\n", default_collect
.c_str ());
14594 printf_filtered (_("Saved to file '%s'.\n"), expanded_filename
.get ());
14597 /* The `save breakpoints' command. */
14600 save_breakpoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14602 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, NULL
);
14605 /* The `save tracepoints' command. */
14608 save_tracepoints_command (const char *args
, int from_tty
)
14610 save_breakpoints (args
, from_tty
, is_tracepoint
);
14614 /* This help string is used to consolidate all the help string for specifying
14615 locations used by several commands. */
14617 #define LOCATION_HELP_STRING \
14618 "Linespecs are colon-separated lists of location parameters, such as\n\
14619 source filename, function name, label name, and line number.\n\
14620 Example: To specify the start of a label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
14621 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use\n\
14622 \"factorial.c:fact:the_top\".\n\
14624 Address locations begin with \"*\" and specify an exact address in the\n\
14625 program. Example: To specify the fourth byte past the start function\n\
14626 \"main\", use \"*main + 4\".\n\
14628 Explicit locations are similar to linespecs but use an option/argument\n\
14629 syntax to specify location parameters.\n\
14630 Example: To specify the start of the label named \"the_top\" in the\n\
14631 function \"fact\" in the file \"factorial.c\", use \"-source factorial.c\n\
14632 -function fact -label the_top\".\n\
14634 By default, a specified function is matched against the program's\n\
14635 functions in all scopes. For C++, this means in all namespaces and\n\
14636 classes. For Ada, this means in all packages. E.g., in C++,\n\
14637 \"func()\" matches \"A::func()\", \"A::B::func()\", etc. The\n\
14638 \"-qualified\" flag overrides this behavior, making GDB interpret the\n\
14639 specified name as a complete fully-qualified name instead."
14641 /* This help string is used for the break, hbreak, tbreak and thbreak
14642 commands. It is defined as a macro to prevent duplication.
14643 COMMAND should be a string constant containing the name of the
14646 #define BREAK_ARGS_HELP(command) \
14647 command" [PROBE_MODIFIER] [LOCATION] [thread THREADNUM]\n\
14648 \t[-force-condition] [if CONDITION]\n\
14649 PROBE_MODIFIER shall be present if the command is to be placed in a\n\
14650 probe point. Accepted values are `-probe' (for a generic, automatically\n\
14651 guessed probe type), `-probe-stap' (for a SystemTap probe) or \n\
14652 `-probe-dtrace' (for a DTrace probe).\n\
14653 LOCATION may be a linespec, address, or explicit location as described\n\
14656 With no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected\n\
14657 stack frame. This is useful for breaking on return to a stack frame.\n\
14659 THREADNUM is the number from \"info threads\".\n\
14660 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
14662 With the \"-force-condition\" flag, the condition is defined even when\n\
14663 it is invalid for all current locations.\n\
14664 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING "\n\n\
14665 Multiple breakpoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
14666 conditions are different.\n\
14668 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints."
14670 /* List of subcommands for "catch". */
14671 static struct cmd_list_element
*catch_cmdlist
;
14673 /* List of subcommands for "tcatch". */
14674 static struct cmd_list_element
*tcatch_cmdlist
;
14677 add_catch_command (const char *name
, const char *docstring
,
14678 cmd_func_ftype
*func
,
14679 completer_ftype
*completer
,
14680 void *user_data_catch
,
14681 void *user_data_tcatch
)
14683 struct cmd_list_element
*command
;
14685 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
14687 command
->func
= func
;
14688 command
->set_context (user_data_catch
);
14689 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14691 command
= add_cmd (name
, class_breakpoint
, docstring
,
14693 command
->func
= func
;
14694 command
->set_context (user_data_tcatch
);
14695 set_cmd_completer (command
, completer
);
14698 /* Zero if any of the breakpoint's locations could be a location where
14699 functions have been inlined, nonzero otherwise. */
14702 is_non_inline_function (struct breakpoint
*b
)
14704 /* The shared library event breakpoint is set on the address of a
14705 non-inline function. */
14706 if (b
->type
== bp_shlib_event
)
14712 /* Nonzero if the specified PC cannot be a location where functions
14713 have been inlined. */
14716 pc_at_non_inline_function (const address_space
*aspace
, CORE_ADDR pc
,
14717 const target_waitstatus
&ws
)
14719 for (breakpoint
*b
: all_breakpoints ())
14721 if (!is_non_inline_function (b
))
14724 for (bp_location
*bl
: b
->locations ())
14726 if (!bl
->shlib_disabled
14727 && bpstat_check_location (bl
, aspace
, pc
, ws
))
14735 /* Remove any references to OBJFILE which is going to be freed. */
14738 breakpoint_free_objfile (struct objfile
*objfile
)
14740 for (bp_location
*loc
: all_bp_locations ())
14741 if (loc
->symtab
!= NULL
&& loc
->symtab
->objfile () == objfile
)
14742 loc
->symtab
= NULL
;
14746 initialize_breakpoint_ops (void)
14748 static int initialized
= 0;
14750 struct breakpoint_ops
*ops
;
14756 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be inherit by all kinds of
14757 breakpoints (real breakpoints, i.e., user "break" breakpoints,
14758 internal and momentary breakpoints, etc.). */
14759 ops
= &bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14760 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14761 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
14762 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_insert_location
;
14763 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_remove_location
;
14764 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= bkpt_breakpoint_hit
;
14765 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_create_sals_from_location
;
14766 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= bkpt_create_breakpoints_sal
;
14767 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_decode_location
;
14769 /* The breakpoint_ops structure to be used in regular breakpoints. */
14770 ops
= &bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14771 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14772 ops
->re_set
= bkpt_re_set
;
14773 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
14774 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
14775 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
14776 ops
->print_recreate
= bkpt_print_recreate
;
14778 /* Ranged breakpoints. */
14779 ops
= &ranged_breakpoint_ops
;
14780 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14781 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_ranged_breakpoint
;
14782 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_ranged_breakpoint
;
14783 ops
->print_it
= print_it_ranged_breakpoint
;
14784 ops
->print_one
= print_one_ranged_breakpoint
;
14785 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_ranged_breakpoint
;
14786 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_ranged_breakpoint
;
14787 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_ranged_breakpoint
;
14789 /* Internal breakpoints. */
14790 ops
= &internal_breakpoint_ops
;
14791 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14792 ops
->re_set
= internal_bkpt_re_set
;
14793 ops
->check_status
= internal_bkpt_check_status
;
14794 ops
->print_it
= internal_bkpt_print_it
;
14795 ops
->print_mention
= internal_bkpt_print_mention
;
14797 /* Momentary breakpoints. */
14798 ops
= &momentary_breakpoint_ops
;
14799 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14800 ops
->re_set
= momentary_bkpt_re_set
;
14801 ops
->check_status
= momentary_bkpt_check_status
;
14802 ops
->print_it
= momentary_bkpt_print_it
;
14803 ops
->print_mention
= momentary_bkpt_print_mention
;
14805 /* Probe breakpoints. */
14806 ops
= &bkpt_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14807 *ops
= bkpt_breakpoint_ops
;
14808 ops
->insert_location
= bkpt_probe_insert_location
;
14809 ops
->remove_location
= bkpt_probe_remove_location
;
14810 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= bkpt_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
14811 ops
->decode_location
= bkpt_probe_decode_location
;
14814 ops
= &watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14815 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14816 ops
->re_set
= re_set_watchpoint
;
14817 ops
->insert_location
= insert_watchpoint
;
14818 ops
->remove_location
= remove_watchpoint
;
14819 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_watchpoint
;
14820 ops
->check_status
= check_status_watchpoint
;
14821 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_watchpoint
;
14822 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_watchpoint
;
14823 ops
->print_it
= print_it_watchpoint
;
14824 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_watchpoint
;
14825 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_watchpoint
;
14826 ops
->explains_signal
= explains_signal_watchpoint
;
14828 /* Masked watchpoints. */
14829 ops
= &masked_watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14830 *ops
= watchpoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14831 ops
->insert_location
= insert_masked_watchpoint
;
14832 ops
->remove_location
= remove_masked_watchpoint
;
14833 ops
->resources_needed
= resources_needed_masked_watchpoint
;
14834 ops
->works_in_software_mode
= works_in_software_mode_masked_watchpoint
;
14835 ops
->print_it
= print_it_masked_watchpoint
;
14836 ops
->print_one_detail
= print_one_detail_masked_watchpoint
;
14837 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_masked_watchpoint
;
14838 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_masked_watchpoint
;
14841 ops
= &tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14842 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14843 ops
->re_set
= tracepoint_re_set
;
14844 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= tracepoint_breakpoint_hit
;
14845 ops
->print_one_detail
= tracepoint_print_one_detail
;
14846 ops
->print_mention
= tracepoint_print_mention
;
14847 ops
->print_recreate
= tracepoint_print_recreate
;
14848 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_create_sals_from_location
;
14849 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= tracepoint_create_breakpoints_sal
;
14850 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_decode_location
;
14852 /* Probe tracepoints. */
14853 ops
= &tracepoint_probe_breakpoint_ops
;
14854 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14855 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= tracepoint_probe_create_sals_from_location
;
14856 ops
->decode_location
= tracepoint_probe_decode_location
;
14858 /* Static tracepoints with marker (`-m'). */
14859 ops
= &strace_marker_breakpoint_ops
;
14860 *ops
= tracepoint_breakpoint_ops
;
14861 ops
->create_sals_from_location
= strace_marker_create_sals_from_location
;
14862 ops
->create_breakpoints_sal
= strace_marker_create_breakpoints_sal
;
14863 ops
->decode_location
= strace_marker_decode_location
;
14865 /* Solib-related catchpoints. */
14866 ops
= &catch_solib_breakpoint_ops
;
14867 *ops
= base_breakpoint_ops
;
14868 ops
->insert_location
= insert_catch_solib
;
14869 ops
->remove_location
= remove_catch_solib
;
14870 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= breakpoint_hit_catch_solib
;
14871 ops
->check_status
= check_status_catch_solib
;
14872 ops
->print_it
= print_it_catch_solib
;
14873 ops
->print_one
= print_one_catch_solib
;
14874 ops
->print_mention
= print_mention_catch_solib
;
14875 ops
->print_recreate
= print_recreate_catch_solib
;
14877 ops
= &dprintf_breakpoint_ops
;
14878 *ops
= bkpt_base_breakpoint_ops
;
14879 ops
->re_set
= dprintf_re_set
;
14880 ops
->resources_needed
= bkpt_resources_needed
;
14881 ops
->print_it
= bkpt_print_it
;
14882 ops
->print_mention
= bkpt_print_mention
;
14883 ops
->print_recreate
= dprintf_print_recreate
;
14884 ops
->after_condition_true
= dprintf_after_condition_true
;
14885 ops
->breakpoint_hit
= dprintf_breakpoint_hit
;
14888 /* Chain containing all defined "enable breakpoint" subcommands. */
14890 static struct cmd_list_element
*enablebreaklist
= NULL
;
14892 /* See breakpoint.h. */
14894 cmd_list_element
*commands_cmd_element
= nullptr;
14896 void _initialize_breakpoint ();
14898 _initialize_breakpoint ()
14900 struct cmd_list_element
*c
;
14902 initialize_breakpoint_ops ();
14904 gdb::observers::solib_unloaded
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_unloaded_shlib
,
14906 gdb::observers::free_objfile
.attach (disable_breakpoints_in_freed_objfile
,
14908 gdb::observers::memory_changed
.attach (invalidate_bp_value_on_memory_change
,
14911 breakpoint_chain
= 0;
14912 /* Don't bother to call set_breakpoint_count. $bpnum isn't useful
14913 before a breakpoint is set. */
14914 breakpoint_count
= 0;
14916 tracepoint_count
= 0;
14918 add_com ("ignore", class_breakpoint
, ignore_command
, _("\
14919 Set ignore-count of breakpoint number N to COUNT.\n\
14920 Usage is `ignore N COUNT'."));
14922 commands_cmd_element
= add_com ("commands", class_breakpoint
,
14923 commands_command
, _("\
14924 Set commands to be executed when the given breakpoints are hit.\n\
14925 Give a space-separated breakpoint list as argument after \"commands\".\n\
14926 A list element can be a breakpoint number (e.g. `5') or a range of numbers\n\
14928 With no argument, the targeted breakpoint is the last one set.\n\
14929 The commands themselves follow starting on the next line.\n\
14930 Type a line containing \"end\" to indicate the end of them.\n\
14931 Give \"silent\" as the first line to make the breakpoint silent;\n\
14932 then no output is printed when it is hit, except what the commands print."));
14934 const auto cc_opts
= make_condition_command_options_def_group (nullptr);
14935 static std::string condition_command_help
14936 = gdb::option::build_help (_("\
14937 Specify breakpoint number N to break only if COND is true.\n\
14938 Usage is `condition [OPTION] N COND', where N is an integer and COND\n\
14939 is an expression to be evaluated whenever breakpoint N is reached.\n\
14942 %OPTIONS%"), cc_opts
);
14944 c
= add_com ("condition", class_breakpoint
, condition_command
,
14945 condition_command_help
.c_str ());
14946 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, condition_completer
);
14948 c
= add_com ("tbreak", class_breakpoint
, tbreak_command
, _("\
14949 Set a temporary breakpoint.\n\
14950 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14951 so it will be deleted when hit. Equivalent to \"break\" followed\n\
14952 by using \"enable delete\" on the breakpoint number.\n\
14954 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("tbreak")));
14955 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14957 c
= add_com ("hbreak", class_breakpoint
, hbreak_command
, _("\
14958 Set a hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14959 Like \"break\" except the breakpoint requires hardware support,\n\
14960 some target hardware may not have this support.\n\
14962 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("hbreak")));
14963 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14965 c
= add_com ("thbreak", class_breakpoint
, thbreak_command
, _("\
14966 Set a temporary hardware assisted breakpoint.\n\
14967 Like \"hbreak\" except the breakpoint is only temporary,\n\
14968 so it will be deleted when hit.\n\
14970 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("thbreak")));
14971 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
14973 cmd_list_element
*enable_cmd
14974 = add_prefix_cmd ("enable", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
14975 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14976 Usage: enable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14977 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14978 With no subcommand, breakpoints are enabled until you command otherwise.\n\
14979 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14980 With a subcommand you can enable temporarily."),
14981 &enablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
14983 add_com_alias ("en", enable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
14985 add_prefix_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, enable_command
, _("\
14986 Enable all or some breakpoints.\n\
14987 Usage: enable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
14988 Give breakpoint numbers (separated by spaces) as arguments.\n\
14989 This is used to cancel the effect of the \"disable\" command.\n\
14990 May be abbreviated to simply \"enable\"."),
14991 &enablebreaklist
, 1, &enablelist
);
14993 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
14994 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
14995 Usage: enable breakpoints once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
14996 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
14999 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15000 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15001 Usage: enable breakpoints delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15002 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15005 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15006 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15007 Usage: enable breakpoints count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15008 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15009 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15012 add_cmd ("delete", no_class
, enable_delete_command
, _("\
15013 Enable some breakpoints and delete when hit.\n\
15014 Usage: enable delete BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15015 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it is deleted."),
15018 add_cmd ("once", no_class
, enable_once_command
, _("\
15019 Enable some breakpoints for one hit.\n\
15020 Usage: enable once BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15021 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion, it becomes disabled."),
15024 add_cmd ("count", no_class
, enable_count_command
, _("\
15025 Enable some breakpoints for COUNT hits.\n\
15026 Usage: enable count COUNT BREAKPOINTNUM...\n\
15027 If a breakpoint is hit while enabled in this fashion,\n\
15028 the count is decremented; when it reaches zero, the breakpoint is disabled."),
15031 cmd_list_element
*disable_cmd
15032 = add_prefix_cmd ("disable", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15033 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15034 Usage: disable [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15035 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15036 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15037 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled."),
15038 &disablelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15039 add_com_alias ("dis", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15040 add_com_alias ("disa", disable_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15042 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, disable_command
, _("\
15043 Disable all or some breakpoints.\n\
15044 Usage: disable breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15045 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15046 To disable all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15047 A disabled breakpoint is not forgotten, but has no effect until re-enabled.\n\
15048 This command may be abbreviated \"disable\"."),
15051 cmd_list_element
*delete_cmd
15052 = add_prefix_cmd ("delete", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15053 Delete all or some breakpoints.\n\
15054 Usage: delete [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15055 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15056 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15058 Also a prefix command for deletion of other GDB objects."),
15059 &deletelist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15060 add_com_alias ("d", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15061 add_com_alias ("del", delete_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15063 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, delete_command
, _("\
15064 Delete all or some breakpoints or auto-display expressions.\n\
15065 Usage: delete breakpoints [BREAKPOINTNUM]...\n\
15066 Arguments are breakpoint numbers with spaces in between.\n\
15067 To delete all breakpoints, give no argument.\n\
15068 This command may be abbreviated \"delete\"."),
15071 cmd_list_element
*clear_cmd
15072 = add_com ("clear", class_breakpoint
, clear_command
, _("\
15073 Clear breakpoint at specified location.\n\
15074 Argument may be a linespec, explicit, or address location as described below.\n\
15076 With no argument, clears all breakpoints in the line that the selected frame\n\
15077 is executing in.\n"
15078 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15079 See also the \"delete\" command which clears breakpoints by number."));
15080 add_com_alias ("cl", clear_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15082 cmd_list_element
*break_cmd
15083 = add_com ("break", class_breakpoint
, break_command
, _("\
15084 Set breakpoint at specified location.\n"
15085 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("break")));
15086 set_cmd_completer (break_cmd
, location_completer
);
15088 add_com_alias ("b", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15089 add_com_alias ("br", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15090 add_com_alias ("bre", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15091 add_com_alias ("brea", break_cmd
, class_run
, 1);
15095 add_abbrev_prefix_cmd ("stop", class_breakpoint
, stop_command
, _("\
15096 Break in function/address or break at a line in the current file."),
15097 &stoplist
, 1, &cmdlist
);
15098 add_cmd ("in", class_breakpoint
, stopin_command
,
15099 _("Break in function or address."), &stoplist
);
15100 add_cmd ("at", class_breakpoint
, stopat_command
,
15101 _("Break at a line in the current file."), &stoplist
);
15102 add_com ("status", class_info
, info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15103 Status of user-settable breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15104 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15105 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15106 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15107 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15108 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15109 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15110 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15112 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15113 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15114 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15115 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15116 breakpoint set."));
15119 cmd_list_element
*info_breakpoints_cmd
15120 = add_info ("breakpoints", info_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15121 Status of specified breakpoints (all user-settable breakpoints if no argument).\n\
15122 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15123 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15124 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15125 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15126 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15127 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15128 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15130 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15131 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15132 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15133 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15134 breakpoint set."));
15136 add_info_alias ("b", info_breakpoints_cmd
, 1);
15138 add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_maintenance
, maintenance_info_breakpoints
, _("\
15139 Status of all breakpoints, or breakpoint number NUMBER.\n\
15140 The \"Type\" column indicates one of:\n\
15141 \tbreakpoint - normal breakpoint\n\
15142 \twatchpoint - watchpoint\n\
15143 \tlongjmp - internal breakpoint used to step through longjmp()\n\
15144 \tlongjmp resume - internal breakpoint at the target of longjmp()\n\
15145 \tuntil - internal breakpoint used by the \"until\" command\n\
15146 \tfinish - internal breakpoint used by the \"finish\" command\n\
15147 The \"Disp\" column contains one of \"keep\", \"del\", or \"dis\" to indicate\n\
15148 the disposition of the breakpoint after it gets hit. \"dis\" means that the\n\
15149 breakpoint will be disabled. The \"Address\" and \"What\" columns indicate the\n\
15150 address and file/line number respectively.\n\
15152 Convenience variable \"$_\" and default examine address for \"x\"\n\
15153 are set to the address of the last breakpoint listed unless the command\n\
15154 is prefixed with \"server \".\n\n\
15155 Convenience variable \"$bpnum\" contains the number of the last\n\
15157 &maintenanceinfolist
);
15159 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("catch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15160 Set catchpoints to catch events."),
15162 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15164 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("tcatch", class_breakpoint
, _("\
15165 Set temporary catchpoints to catch events."),
15167 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15169 add_catch_command ("load", _("Catch loads of shared libraries.\n\
15170 Usage: catch load [REGEX]\n\
15171 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15172 catch_load_command_1
,
15176 add_catch_command ("unload", _("Catch unloads of shared libraries.\n\
15177 Usage: catch unload [REGEX]\n\
15178 If REGEX is given, only stop for libraries matching the regular expression."),
15179 catch_unload_command_1
,
15184 const auto opts
= make_watch_options_def_group (nullptr);
15186 static const std::string watch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15187 Set a watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15188 Usage: watch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15193 A watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15194 an expression changes."), opts
);
15195 c
= add_com ("watch", class_breakpoint
, watch_command
,
15196 watch_help
.c_str ());
15197 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15199 static const std::string rwatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15200 Set a read watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15201 Usage: rwatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15206 A read watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value of\n\
15207 an expression is read."), opts
);
15208 c
= add_com ("rwatch", class_breakpoint
, rwatch_command
,
15209 rwatch_help
.c_str ());
15210 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15212 static const std::string awatch_help
= gdb::option::build_help (_("\
15213 Set an access watchpoint for EXPRESSION.\n\
15214 Usage: awatch [-location] EXPRESSION\n\
15219 An access watchpoint stops execution of your program whenever the value\n\
15220 of an expression is either read or written."), opts
);
15221 c
= add_com ("awatch", class_breakpoint
, awatch_command
,
15222 awatch_help
.c_str ());
15223 set_cmd_completer_handle_brkchars (c
, watch_command_completer
);
15225 add_info ("watchpoints", info_watchpoints_command
, _("\
15226 Status of specified watchpoints (all watchpoints if no argument)."));
15228 /* XXX: cagney/2005-02-23: This should be a boolean, and should
15229 respond to changes - contrary to the description. */
15230 add_setshow_zinteger_cmd ("can-use-hw-watchpoints", class_support
,
15231 &can_use_hw_watchpoints
, _("\
15232 Set debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15233 Show debugger's willingness to use watchpoint hardware."), _("\
15234 If zero, gdb will not use hardware for new watchpoints, even if\n\
15235 such is available. (However, any hardware watchpoints that were\n\
15236 created before setting this to nonzero, will continue to use watchpoint\n\
15239 show_can_use_hw_watchpoints
,
15240 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15242 can_use_hw_watchpoints
= 1;
15244 /* Tracepoint manipulation commands. */
15246 cmd_list_element
*trace_cmd
15247 = add_com ("trace", class_breakpoint
, trace_command
, _("\
15248 Set a tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15250 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("trace") "\n\
15251 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15252 set_cmd_completer (trace_cmd
, location_completer
);
15254 add_com_alias ("tp", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 0);
15255 add_com_alias ("tr", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15256 add_com_alias ("tra", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15257 add_com_alias ("trac", trace_cmd
, class_breakpoint
, 1);
15259 c
= add_com ("ftrace", class_breakpoint
, ftrace_command
, _("\
15260 Set a fast tracepoint at specified location.\n\
15262 BREAK_ARGS_HELP ("ftrace") "\n\
15263 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15264 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15266 c
= add_com ("strace", class_breakpoint
, strace_command
, _("\
15267 Set a static tracepoint at location or marker.\n\
15269 strace [LOCATION] [if CONDITION]\n\
15270 LOCATION may be a linespec, explicit, or address location (described below) \n\
15271 or -m MARKER_ID.\n\n\
15272 If a marker id is specified, probe the marker with that name. With\n\
15273 no LOCATION, uses current execution address of the selected stack frame.\n\
15274 Static tracepoints accept an extra collect action -- ``collect $_sdata''.\n\
15275 This collects arbitrary user data passed in the probe point call to the\n\
15276 tracing library. You can inspect it when analyzing the trace buffer,\n\
15277 by printing the $_sdata variable like any other convenience variable.\n\
15279 CONDITION is a boolean expression.\n\
15280 \n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
"\n\n\
15281 Multiple tracepoints at one place are permitted, and useful if their\n\
15282 conditions are different.\n\
15284 Do \"help breakpoints\" for info on other commands dealing with breakpoints.\n\
15285 Do \"help tracepoints\" for info on other tracepoint commands."));
15286 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15288 cmd_list_element
*info_tracepoints_cmd
15289 = add_info ("tracepoints", info_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15290 Status of specified tracepoints (all tracepoints if no argument).\n\
15291 Convenience variable \"$tpnum\" contains the number of the\n\
15292 last tracepoint set."));
15294 add_info_alias ("tp", info_tracepoints_cmd
, 1);
15296 cmd_list_element
*delete_tracepoints_cmd
15297 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, delete_trace_command
, _("\
15298 Delete specified tracepoints.\n\
15299 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15300 No argument means delete all tracepoints."),
15302 add_alias_cmd ("tr", delete_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 1, &deletelist
);
15304 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, disable_trace_command
, _("\
15305 Disable specified tracepoints.\n\
15306 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15307 No argument means disable all tracepoints."),
15309 deprecate_cmd (c
, "disable");
15311 c
= add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, enable_trace_command
, _("\
15312 Enable specified tracepoints.\n\
15313 Arguments are tracepoint numbers, separated by spaces.\n\
15314 No argument means enable all tracepoints."),
15316 deprecate_cmd (c
, "enable");
15318 add_com ("passcount", class_trace
, trace_pass_command
, _("\
15319 Set the passcount for a tracepoint.\n\
15320 The trace will end when the tracepoint has been passed 'count' times.\n\
15321 Usage: passcount COUNT TPNUM, where TPNUM may also be \"all\";\n\
15322 if TPNUM is omitted, passcount refers to the last tracepoint defined."));
15324 add_basic_prefix_cmd ("save", class_breakpoint
,
15325 _("Save breakpoint definitions as a script."),
15327 0/*allow-unknown*/, &cmdlist
);
15329 c
= add_cmd ("breakpoints", class_breakpoint
, save_breakpoints_command
, _("\
15330 Save current breakpoint definitions as a script.\n\
15331 This includes all types of breakpoints (breakpoints, watchpoints,\n\
15332 catchpoints, tracepoints). Use the 'source' command in another debug\n\
15333 session to restore them."),
15335 set_cmd_completer (c
, filename_completer
);
15337 cmd_list_element
*save_tracepoints_cmd
15338 = add_cmd ("tracepoints", class_trace
, save_tracepoints_command
, _("\
15339 Save current tracepoint definitions as a script.\n\
15340 Use the 'source' command in another debug session to restore them."),
15342 set_cmd_completer (save_tracepoints_cmd
, filename_completer
);
15344 c
= add_com_alias ("save-tracepoints", save_tracepoints_cmd
, class_trace
, 0);
15345 deprecate_cmd (c
, "save tracepoints");
15347 add_setshow_prefix_cmd ("breakpoint", class_maintenance
,
15349 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15350 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15351 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15353 Breakpoint specific settings.\n\
15354 Configure various breakpoint-specific variables such as\n\
15355 pending breakpoint behavior."),
15356 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
, &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
,
15357 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15359 add_setshow_auto_boolean_cmd ("pending", no_class
,
15360 &pending_break_support
, _("\
15361 Set debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15362 Show debugger's behavior regarding pending breakpoints."), _("\
15363 If on, an unrecognized breakpoint location will cause gdb to create a\n\
15364 pending breakpoint. If off, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in\n\
15365 an error. If auto, an unrecognized breakpoint location results in a\n\
15366 user-query to see if a pending breakpoint should be created."),
15368 show_pending_break_support
,
15369 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15370 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15372 pending_break_support
= AUTO_BOOLEAN_AUTO
;
15374 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("auto-hw", no_class
,
15375 &automatic_hardware_breakpoints
, _("\
15376 Set automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15377 Show automatic usage of hardware breakpoints."), _("\
15378 If set, the debugger will automatically use hardware breakpoints for\n\
15379 breakpoints set with \"break\" but falling in read-only memory. If not set,\n\
15380 a warning will be emitted for such breakpoints."),
15382 show_automatic_hardware_breakpoints
,
15383 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15384 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15386 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("always-inserted", class_support
,
15387 &always_inserted_mode
, _("\
15388 Set mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15389 Show mode for inserting breakpoints."), _("\
15390 When this mode is on, breakpoints are inserted immediately as soon as\n\
15391 they're created, kept inserted even when execution stops, and removed\n\
15392 only when the user deletes them. When this mode is off (the default),\n\
15393 breakpoints are inserted only when execution continues, and removed\n\
15394 when execution stops."),
15396 &show_always_inserted_mode
,
15397 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15398 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15400 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("condition-evaluation", class_breakpoint
,
15401 condition_evaluation_enums
,
15402 &condition_evaluation_mode_1
, _("\
15403 Set mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15404 Show mode of breakpoint condition evaluation."), _("\
15405 When this is set to \"host\", breakpoint conditions will be\n\
15406 evaluated on the host's side by GDB. When it is set to \"target\",\n\
15407 breakpoint conditions will be downloaded to the target (if the target\n\
15408 supports such feature) and conditions will be evaluated on the target's side.\n\
15409 If this is set to \"auto\" (default), this will be automatically set to\n\
15410 \"target\" if it supports condition evaluation, otherwise it will\n\
15411 be set to \"host\"."),
15412 &set_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15413 &show_condition_evaluation_mode
,
15414 &breakpoint_set_cmdlist
,
15415 &breakpoint_show_cmdlist
);
15417 add_com ("break-range", class_breakpoint
, break_range_command
, _("\
15418 Set a breakpoint for an address range.\n\
15419 break-range START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION\n\
15420 where START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION can be one of the following:\n\
15421 LINENUM, for that line in the current file,\n\
15422 FILE:LINENUM, for that line in that file,\n\
15423 +OFFSET, for that number of lines after the current line\n\
15424 or the start of the range\n\
15425 FUNCTION, for the first line in that function,\n\
15426 FILE:FUNCTION, to distinguish among like-named static functions.\n\
15427 *ADDRESS, for the instruction at that address.\n\
15429 The breakpoint will stop execution of the inferior whenever it executes\n\
15430 an instruction at any address within the [START-LOCATION, END-LOCATION]\n\
15431 range (including START-LOCATION and END-LOCATION)."));
15433 c
= add_com ("dprintf", class_breakpoint
, dprintf_command
, _("\
15434 Set a dynamic printf at specified location.\n\
15435 dprintf location,format string,arg1,arg2,...\n\
15436 location may be a linespec, explicit, or address location.\n"
15437 "\n" LOCATION_HELP_STRING
));
15438 set_cmd_completer (c
, location_completer
);
15440 add_setshow_enum_cmd ("dprintf-style", class_support
,
15441 dprintf_style_enums
, &dprintf_style
, _("\
15442 Set the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15443 Show the style of usage for dynamic printf."), _("\
15444 This setting chooses how GDB will do a dynamic printf.\n\
15445 If the value is \"gdb\", then the printing is done by GDB to its own\n\
15446 console, as with the \"printf\" command.\n\
15447 If the value is \"call\", the print is done by calling a function in your\n\
15448 program; by default printf(), but you can choose a different function or\n\
15449 output stream by setting dprintf-function and dprintf-channel."),
15450 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15451 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15453 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-function", class_support
,
15454 &dprintf_function
, _("\
15455 Set the function to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15456 Show the function to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15457 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15458 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15460 add_setshow_string_cmd ("dprintf-channel", class_support
,
15461 &dprintf_channel
, _("\
15462 Set the channel to use for dynamic printf."), _("\
15463 Show the channel to use for dynamic printf."), NULL
,
15464 update_dprintf_commands
, NULL
,
15465 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15467 add_setshow_boolean_cmd ("disconnected-dprintf", no_class
,
15468 &disconnected_dprintf
, _("\
15469 Set whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15470 Show whether dprintf continues after GDB disconnects."), _("\
15471 Use this to let dprintf commands continue to hit and produce output\n\
15472 even if GDB disconnects or detaches from the target."),
15475 &setlist
, &showlist
);
15477 add_com ("agent-printf", class_vars
, agent_printf_command
, _("\
15478 Target agent only formatted printing, like the C \"printf\" function.\n\
15479 Usage: agent-printf \"format string\", ARG1, ARG2, ARG3, ..., ARGN\n\
15480 This supports most C printf format specifications, like %s, %d, etc.\n\
15481 This is useful for formatted output in user-defined commands."));
15483 automatic_hardware_breakpoints
= true;
15485 gdb::observers::about_to_proceed
.attach (breakpoint_about_to_proceed
,
15487 gdb::observers::thread_exit
.attach (remove_threaded_breakpoints
,